GateWay
2nd Edition
|
macmillan education |
+ Student's ResourceCentre
GateWöY
2nd Edition
macmillan education
Vocabulary Q€f
Family life |
Ages and stages of |
p6 |
life, The family Noun suffixes -ment, —ion, —ence |
Who did |
Crimes and criminals, Detective work |
pi 8 |
Phrasal verbs connected with investigating and finding |
Universal |
Countries, |
language |
nationalities and |
p32 |
languages, Learning a language Negative prefixes un-, in-, im-, ir-, il- |
Health |
Parts of the body, |
watch |
Health problems and |
p44 |
illnesses |
Compound nouns connected with health and medicine
Problem letters
Teenagers' rights and responsibilties
An informal email
Crime stories
Discussing values
A blog post
Mapping the world's languages
Body language
A language biography
Teen health tips Why learn first aid?
Notes and messages
Present simple and
present continuous
Past simple
Past continuous
some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little
Relative pronouns
Present perfect with ever and never
Present perfect with for and since
Present perfect with just, yet, already
Autonomy: Contributing to family life
Social skills and citizenship: Thinking about right and wrong
Social skills:
Public speaking
Physical well-being: Learning some basics of first aid
Present perfect and past simple
Gateway to exams: Units 3-4 p56 |
|
|
|
TV addicts Television, Adjectives |
Slow TV |
Comparatives and |
Personal |
p58 describing TV |
I just want to be |
superlatives |
well-being: |
programmes |
famous! |
less than, (not) as . . as |
Thinking about fame |
Adjectives ending in -ing and -ed |
|
too and (not) enough |
|
Contents
Family dinners An informal email
Teenagers' responsibilities |
information |
Making a timetable |
activities |
Asking for personal |
Family arguments |
|
Speaking: Information |
information |
Family dinners |
|
role-plays |
Describing an incident |
Apologising |
A blog post |
Listening: True/False/Not |
Doing the right thing |
Discussing crime stories |
A questionnaire |
Mentioned activities |
Apologising |
Telling stories |
|
Writing: Knowing evaluation |
Languages |
Asking for information |
A language biography |
Use of English: |
Speaking in public |
Talking about social |
Preparing a presentation |
Multiple-choice cloze |
|
networks |
|
activities |
Asking for information |
|
|
Speaking: Knowing |
|
Discussing definitions |
|
evaluation criteria |
Action scenes |
Describing photos |
Notes and messages |
Reading: Matching activities |
Giving first aid |
Discussing health tips |
Writing a quiz |
Writing: Content and style |
Describing photos |
Talking about past experiences |
|
|
TV today Negotiating Listening: Identifying the speaker activities
Talking about fame Discussing Slow TV A video message or email
Speaking: Negotiating
Negotiating Giving opinions on TV and films
Contents
Job Jobs and work, Do you have an Modal verbs of The world of work: hunting Personal qualities unusual job? obligation, prohibition and Assessing your advice transferable skills
p84 Compound adjectives Transferable skills
Second conditional
A letter of application and CV
Best Friendships, Feelings A lesson in Past perfect Personal friends Noun suffixes -ness, friendship used to well-being:
Loneliness is Managing forever -ship, -dom common at Gerunds and infinitives friendships
p96 university
An email of advice
N on ¯fiction The life of a Reported speech — Art and culture:
pilo Phrasal verbs top children's statements Enjoying fiction author
connected with Reported speech — questions reading and writing Prologue
A story
Log on Using a computer, The computer The passive — present ICT: Protecting pi 22 The Internet that began it all simple yourself on the
n erne Collocations with Social networking The passive — other tenses email today, no job tomorrow? have something done
Text messages
Contents
Film and TV extras |
Making polite requests |
A letter of application |
Reading: True/Faise |
Transferable skills |
Discussing unusual jobs |
and CV |
activities |
Making polite requests |
Giving advice |
A description of |
Listening: Multiple-choice |
|
|
transferable skills |
activities |
Discover your secret self |
Reporting a past event |
An email of advice |
Speaking: Reporting |
Making friends at university |
Talking about friendship |
A leaflet or a webpage |
activities |
Reporting a past event |
Discussing interests |
|
Writing: Answering the |
Book vs. film |
A presentation |
A story |
Reading: Missing sentences |
Book descriptions |
Favourite books |
Organising a book club |
activities |
A presentation |
Reporting interviews |
|
Listening: Completing notes |
Wikipedia |
Comparing and |
Text messages |
Use of English: Cloze |
contrastin |
The importance of the Speaking: Speculating
Comparing and contrasting
Internet about photos
photos
Trivia quiz
Contents
Ages and stages of life |
5 |
Match the words in 4 with these descriptions. 1 the man that a woman is married to |
1 Work with a partner. Match these words to the |
|
husband |
photos. What ages go with each stage of life? |
|
2 the brother of one of your parents |
baby • child • middle-aged (man/woman) 3 your mother's new husband in a second or later senior citizen • teenager • young adult marriage
e baby, 0 to 3 approximately |
4 a daughter of your brother or sister 5 the son of one of your children |
6 SPUKING Work with a partnere Take it in turns to define the other words in 4. Can your partner say the family member?
It's
Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
2 Put the stages of life in order. Begin with birth.
1 If you areyou aren't married adolescence • birth • childhood
2 doesn't
|
|
sisters. |
3 01 Listen, check and repeat. |
3 |
The word describes your husband, wife, or the person that you live with. |
The family |
4 |
If you are married and then you end the marriage, you are |
4 Divide these words into three lists as below. |
5 |
In families only the father or |
the mother lives with the children. aunt • brother-in-law • cousin • da-ughte-r grandfather • grandson • husband • nephew 6 Approximately 800,000 babies are niece • stepfather • uncle • wife every year in the UK.
|
Female |
Male or Female |
husband |
daughter |
|
02 Listen to three people talking about their families. Choose the correct alternatives.
1 Joshua is a child/a teenager. He has a big/small
2 Olivia is a child/a teenager. She has got a big/small family. She lives with her father/qrandfather. She spends a lot of time with her aunt/cousin.
3 Jessica is a senior citizen. She's got four/twelve grandchildren. She is married/divorced.
9 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Tell them about your family using words from this page.
unit
3 Work with a partner. Think of good advice to give Zoe.
4 Now read advice from an expert. Do they mention any of your ideas in 3?
You want your parents to treat you with respect, But show them respect, too. You say you have a lot to do but I'm sure your mother is also busy. You don't want to tidy your bedroom when you're doing your homework. SOJ decide on
that is. Then make sure you do itl As for the music, parents and teenagers always argue about music. Speak to your mum calmly. Explain that it helps you to study. But keep it to a reasonable volume or use headphones. And finally, your bedroom. Maybe your parents don't realise that you're not a little child any more. Explain why you think it's important to have a private space. Maybe you're spending a lot of time in your bedroom and your parents don't see you or get a ouc chance to speak to you. When you talk to parents it makes a big difference. Tell them what's happening in your life.
5 Read the text again and choose the best answers.
1 Zoe is angry with her mum because she says her mum doesn't .
a tidy Zoe's bedroom. b realise how busy Zoe is.
c want Zoe to do her homework.
HOME ZOE, Q I'm g\eNDS having a with my and dad When I'm interrupts that I need a lot of turn my shouting. listen to completely. concentration. |
POPULAR 14 years writing to you because really hard time parents about never knock before sitting at my desk me. She tells me to clean it. She things to do. Later musip down. I She says that music at the same But she doesn't Please help. |
ASK OUR EXPERT |
SIGN IN home. I'm arguments mum my mum and says I have me to we start and switch it off helps my |
||
cid, London of my problems at at the moment. I have everything! For example, my coming into my bedrooml doing my homework, how untidy my room is doesn't understand that on she comes back to tell don't think it's loud. But then it's impossible to do homework time and tells me to realise that the music I don't know what to do! |
|||||
|
|
||||
|
2
Zoe's mum has a problem with Zoe's music because she a doesn't think it helps Zoe concentrate.
b doesn't like the style of music. c can't do her work with loud music.
3 The expert thinks that Zoe's mum a is right to tell Zoe to tidy her room.
b is right to stop Zoe in the middle of her homework.
c is right to decide what time Zoe should dean her room.
4 The expert thinks that Zoe can do what she likes with her music .
a because parents are never happy with their children's music.
b if she talks to them about it.
c within certain limits. 5 The expert says that .
a it's normal for Zoe's parents to enter her bedroom without knocking.
b maybe Zoe's parents want her to communicate with them more.
c Zoe's parents don't want her to have a private space because she's too young.
Think! Then compare ideas with your class.
• What do you think is good advice for when you have disagreements with your parents?
hatdo&hæunderlined-wordsän-th text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary,
8 SPEAKING' What about you?
Do you ever argue with your parents? What about?
2 Look at the picture. Write sentences about what the different members of the family are doing or not doing. Use the present continuous form of the verbs in the box.
|
The daughter is talking on the phone.
3 Complete the dialogue about the picture using the present simple or present continuous form of the verbs given.
Molly: Hi, Julia. What (a) you
(do)? Are you at home? Julia: Yes. I never (b)(go) out on Wednesdays.
Molly: (c) you (watch)
Julia: No, right now my mum (d)
(watch) her favourite series. She always
(watch) it on Wednesdays.
Molly: What's that sound? (f) somebody(cry)?
Julia: Yeah. It's my baby cousin.
Molly:
(cry) like that?!
Julia: No, she (h)
you (know) what my dad
(do) at the moment?
Molly:
Julia: (listen) to loud music because he (m)(hate) the sound
of crying! And the amazing thing is that now my grandfather (n) (steep)
He usually (o) (sleep) in the
afternoon. I don't know how he's doing it!
go with the present continuous? 1 Look at these words from the text on page 7.
1 at the moment 5 now
2 never 6 right now argument • concentration • difference
3
4 on Wednesdays The parts of the word in bold are suffixes. Suffixes change the type of word, e.g. from an adjective or a verb to a noun.
2 Complete the words in the table and then use your dictionary to check the words,
-ment
Verb
1 aryne
-ion
Verb concentrate
8
Noun
difference
30 Choose the correct alternative.
at the moment = present continuous
your pa ner. |
en you |
trus |
|
jn o sjn•u ar |
5
Complete the sentences with the present simple or present continuous form of the verbs in the box.
help • lie • need • not understand • shout • work
1 I can't come out at the moment because I my sister with her homework. ? My grandfather can hear you.
3 My cousin alwaysin a restaurant on Saturday afternoons.
4 Can you say that again? I
5 Can I help you, Dad?you anything?
6 My sisterdown right now because
she doesn't feel well.
6 Write questions for these answers.
1 What do you do on Fridays?
I play basketball on Fridays.
My mum is working at the moment.
3
No, my cousin isn't studying at universit |
1 |
How can you improve/improvement your English this year? |
|
5 |
My grandparents go for a walk in the mornings. |
2 |
Do you think you are an independent/ independence learner? |
My uncle and aunt live in Liverpool. 4
63 Have you got a lot of confident/confidence when My family and I usually go to the cinema at the you speak in English? weekend.
4 Are there many different/differences between English and your language?
7 SPEAKING Use the questions in 6 to interview
•e-having-diseuss/discussio
do you do on Fridays? |
questions to ask.
3b SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Ask and answer the
What questions in 3a.
Con ribunng to MIL Y Ll |
|
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES To think about rights and responsibilities in a family. To learn about different ways of helping with family life. • To decide positive steps to take to contribute to family life. la SPEAKING! Work with a partner. Ask and answer these questions. 1 Who prepares your school bag each morning? 2 Who makes your dinner? 3 Who buys the food you have for dinner? 4 Who puts clean towels in the bathroom? 5 Who cleans the table after you eat? 6 Who empties the rubbish bin in your bedroom? 7 Who provides the money if you need some to go out? |
KEY CONCEPTS right, rights [n]: We all have a right to express our opinions. responsibility, responsibilities [n]: When you have a pet, you must take responsibility for what it does. respect [v]: Children need to respect their parents and grandparents. independent [adjl: She's very independent. She is able to make her own decisions. We all have rights. Sometimes we feel angry if people dm't respect onr rights. Teenagers usually feel strongly that they have a right to say what they think. Or they have a right to choose what they do in their free time. Maybe they feel that they have a strong right to privacy€ These rights are all important. They are part of becoming an independent adult. But, when We are changing a child into an adult, it is easy to forget that there are two sides to this. We have rights, but We also have responsibilities at lunte. Can we demand our independence if other people do the shopping for us, make meals, clean the bathroom andyive us pocket |
wtoney to yo Out?
As we yet older, we feel We have mure rights. And We Want others to respect our rights. gut to become an independent adult We need to accept ÖvVkt responsibilities and begin to do things fir onrselves.
After all, parents have rights, too,
3 SPEAKING, Answer these questions,
1 Do you agree with the examples of rights in the first paragraph?
Why/Why not?
2 What other rights do you think teenagers have at home? Make a list.
3 Look at the question at the end of the second paragraph. What is your answer to this question? Explain.
4 What rights and responsibilities do you think parents have?
1b Count how many times your answer was 'l do' in la.
Read the essay. Choose the best title.
a Teenagers have rights AND responsibilities.
b Teenagers have the power. c Wait until you are an adult.
10
about their special responsibilities. Watch the video or listen and write down each person's special responsibility.
Grace Louis
Jessica
5 Q) 03 Watch or listen again and write the name of the person who says these things. 1 I'm an only child.
2 I chose to take on my responsibility.
3 I have a new opinion about my mum.
4 I can do more in my free time because of my responsibility.
5 I can now have something I want.
6 I have to help because my mum is busy studying,
the house. Check that you understand the words in the list. Use a dictionary if necessary,
A Who usually does B How often do this in your house'? you do this?
clean the kitchen
clean the bathroom cook
do the shopping
do the washing lay the table
make your bed
take the rubbish out
tidy your bedroom wash the dishes
6b SPE.AKING Interview your partner to find out who usually does these jobs in their house.
Who usually cleans the kitchen in your house?
6c SPEAKING, Now find out how often your partner does these jobs (every day, once/ twice/three times a week, at the weekends, never)e How often do yon clean the kitchen?
LIFE TASK
You want to contribute more to your family life.
Follow this plan:
or In a sma group. part rom t e Isto JO s in 6 and the ideas in the videos, make a list of any other ideas, big or small, to help at home.
2 Individually make a list of things that you think you could do to make a positive contribution to your family life.
3 Make a 'Helping out' timetable in your notebook to plan when you can do these things. Use your school timetable to help.
4 Compare and comment on your timetables. 5 Tell your family about your plans!
Look at these sentences and then complete rules 1—5 with a/an, the or no article.
I think family dinners are great.
b Family dinners are an important moment for us. The dinner I'm eating today isn't good.
d The government talks a lot about family dinners.
I'm a computer technician.
article when we talk about
things in general.
to talk about a singular, countable person or thing for the first time, or to say that the person or thing is one of a number of things or people.
3 We useto talk about a specific person or thing or a person or thing mentioned before.
4 We useto talk about someone or
1 |
SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Describe the photos. |
|
something that is unique. |
2 |
LISTENING' 04 Listen to a radio programme about |
5 |
useto say what somebody's |
|
family dinners. Match the people with their |
|
profession is. |
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 16 |
situations,
|
2 |
Chris 6 Daniel |
2a PRONUNCIATION 0 05 Listen to how we pronounce the |
|
A |
eats with the family just once a week |
in List A and List B below. What is the difference |
|
B |
eats with the family but they don't talk |
in pronunciation? Why is this? |
|
C |
makes dinner for the family every day |
List A: the problem the dinner the government the weekend |
|
D |
never arrives home in time for dinner |
List B: the end the important thing the evening |
|
E |
eats and talks with the family every day |
the afternoon |
|
F |
usually eats with the family but isn't eating with |
|
|
|
them today |
2b 05 Listen again and repeat. |
|
G |
always eats alone because their parents work |
|
|
H |
has to order pizza because nobody has time to cook |
3 Complete the sentences with the if necessary. |
3 |
LISTENING) 04 Answer these questions. Listen again |
1 Today on programme we're talking |
|
|
if necessary. |
about family dinners. |
|
|
1 How many hours a week does Mike work? |
2 I'm going to fridge to see if there's |
2 Where does he_go in hisjpb? anything to eat.
3 What does Chris usually eat? 3 I thinkcommunication is essential.
4 When does Sally eat? |
4 In my house breakfast isn't an |
5 How many children and grandchildren does Alice have? |
important meal. |
6 When does Alice eat with her family? |
5 Adults can't always arrive on time because of |
7 Where are Jennifer's parents tonight? |
work. |
8 What's the problem with Daniel's family dinners? |
6 I don't like food at school 7 In films they often show |
4 SPEAKING; What about you? |
families eating |
Do you think it's important to eat with your family? Why/Why not?
12 1
4 Read the text and choose the correct alternative. (a) A/The report by the National Literacy Trust in the UK says that talking at home during meals can help (b) the/— children to be more confident and to communicate well. (c) A/The report says that 87% of (d) the/— young people sit down with their family at mealtimes. But 7.1% of those young people never or rarely talk to their family while they are eating. (e) A/An interesting thing the Literacy Trust discovered is that talking at mealtimes makes you more confident about speaking in (f) the/— class discussions or in front of your classmates. Most young people who talk at mealtimes think that (g) good communication skills are important for finding (h) a/the good job. (i) A/The British Government is interested in this report because they want to improve children's speaking and listening skills. And (j) the/— families can help to do this just by talking at dinnertime.
5 Find and correct a mistake with articles in each sentence.
1 I'm a vegetarian. I never eat the meat.
2 My mum is the doctor tn a big hospital, 3 Could you pass me potatoes?
4 I had a cat but a cat disappeared last month.
5 He's a student at University of Edinburgh.
6 She's got a brother and the sister.
|
Yes, I do. You can talk and find |
7
6b SPEAKING Interview your partner using the correct questions in 6a.
1 Do you think family dinners are important? 2 Arc family dinners important part of life in your country? 3 Do you think children and parents talk a lot in your country? |
Do you think family dinners are important?
4 Do you talk about when you have 5 Do you listen to 6 Do you think important things dinner?
music at dinnertime?
food you eat makes a
nau•lnnin« enanlzin« |
1 Complete with information about you and your brothers, sisters or best friend.
2 [SPEAKING] Look at these four people and their personal information filese Tell your partner which people are similar to you. Explain why.
Oliver is similar to me because he's got one brother and he does sport on Sundays.
one brother, one sister brother at university, sister works goes out with friends on Saturdays plays tennis on Sundays
Liam |
no brothers or sisters best friend studies at school goes out with friends on Saturdays |
Oliver |
does sport on Sundays one brother brother at school watches films on Saturdays |
Emma |
doesn't like sport one sister sister lives in the US plays tennis on Saturdays plays computer games on Sundays |
Phillipa
3 LISTENING' 06 Listen to two teenagers meeting for the first time. Look at the information in 2. Which two people are talking?
4 Work with a partner. Complete the dialogue with the correct questions. Look at the Speaking bank for help.
B: Yes, I've got one brother
EXAM SUCCESS |
|
In information role-plays, how can you keep the conversation going? EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
B: He's 22.
A: (c)
B: No, he doesn't. He's at university in Manchester.
B: About once a month, when he comes home for the weekend.
A: That's good! I see my brother every day because he's only 14.
B: I usually go out with my friends on Saturdays and we sometimes play football on Sundays.
(f)
A: My brother and i often go to the cinema on Saturdays. But I never play football because I don't like sport.
SPEAKING BANK
Useful questions to ask for personal information
Have you got any brothers or sisters?
What do you do at the weekend/in the evenings/ on Wednesdays? What about you?
Do you like ... ?
What do you think of ...? How often do you ... ?
5a PRONUNCIATION 0 07 Which questions in the dialogue go with diagram A? Which go with diagram B? Listen again and checke
diagram A diagram B
5b 07 Listen and repeat the questions.
6 [SPEAKINGI Practise the completed dialogue in 4 with your partner. Pay special attention to the correct intonation in questions.
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
70 (SPEAKING: Work with a partner. Do this role-play using the dialogue in 4 and the Speaking bank to help you.
You meet an English boy/girl at a summer camp.
• Find out if he/she has brothers or sisters. e tm era ou your, arm y.
• Find out what he/she does at the weekend.
• Tell him/her what you do in your free time.
7b SPEAKING Change partners and repeat.
Look at this advert from a teenager called Alanna. What does Alanna want? Would you be interested in contacting her? Why/Why not?
2 Read this reply to Alanna's advert. Do you think this person is a good e-pal for Alanna? Why/Why not?
New message! O'
Hi Alanna!
1 1'm Isabel. I'm from Alicante in Spain. Let me tell you about myself,
2 1'm from quite a big family. I've got two brothers and a sister My sister and I are almost the same age and we go eveywhere together. My father is a teacher and my mother works in a hospital My dad teaches at my school. That's often a good thing, but sometimes it can be really bad ov i t o all es of music but especially pop and rock. My favourite group is Imagine Dragons. Do you know them? Right now I'm listening to their latest album.
4 English is my favourite subject at school, This year 1 1 m doing extra classes and I also read books in English. At the moment I'm reading a book by John Green. Do you know him?
5 Anyway, that's all for now. Write back soon if you'd like to be my e-pal.
Best wishes
Isabel
3
Look again at the email in 2 and complete the information in the Writing bank.
E/ WRITING BANK
Useful words and expressions in informal emails To begin an informal email we usually use Dear
(Alanna) or just Hi.
We use contractions like I'm or
We can use emoticons like @ or
We can use the word to change the subject.
To finish an informal email we can use:
That's for now, Bye for now!,
Write soon, All the best or Best
4 Match the paragraphs in Isabel's email with their content.
Paragraph 1 |
favourite subject at school |
Paragraph 2 |
main interest or hobby |
Paragraph 3 |
basic personal information |
Paragraph 4 |
asking for a reply |
Paragraph 5 |
family |
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
5 Look at the task and write an email. Use Isabel's email an the Writing an to e p you. o ow the paragraph plan in 4.
Write an email with information about yourself to a new e-pal. Tell your e-pal: basic personal information information about your family information about your main hobby information about your favourite subject at school.
WRITING BANK PAGE 150
FORM |
USE |
Affirmative l/You/We/They understand |
We use the present simple to talk about: |
He/She/lt understands. |
• regular habits and routines. |
Negative l/You/We/They don't (do not) understand. |
We walk to school every day. |
He/She/lt doesn't (does not) understand |
permanent situations. |
Question Do l/you/we/they understand? |
live in France. |
Does he/she/it understand? |
general and scientific facts. |
Short Yes, l/you/we/they do. No, l/you/we/they don't. answers Yes, he/she/it does. No, he/she/it doesn't. Time expressions we often use with the present simple: always, usually, normally, often, sometimes, rarely, never, once/twice/ three times a day/weel</month/year, on Mondays/Tuesdays Present continuous |
girds fly. |
FORM |
USE |
Affirmative subject + am/are/is + verb + -ing |
We use the present continuous to talk about: |
We're working. |
• actions that are happening now. |
Negative subject + am not/aren't/isn't + verb + -ing. |
She can't yo out. She's studying for an exam, |
She isn't working. |
• temporary actions. |
Question Am/Are/ls + subject + verb + -ing o |
Jim is studying iVb the IRK. |
Are they working? |
NOTE: Some verbs are not usually used in the |
Short Yes, subject + am/are/is. No, subject + am not/ |
present continuous because they describe states |
answers aren't/isn't. |
not actions: |
Yes, I am. No, they aren't. |
believe, hate, have (=possess), hear, know, love, |
Time expressions we often use with the present continuous: now, right now, at the moment, today, this week Articles The |
mean, need, prefer, see, seem, think (=have an opinion), understand, want |
We use a/an with singular, countable nouns. We use the with countable (singular and plural) and uncountable nouns. |
|
We use it when we mention something for We use it to refer to something or somebody previously mentioned. |
|
the first time, or to say that the thing is one I've 30t a problem. The problem isn't serious. |
|
of a number of things. We also use the to talk about specific things or people. |
|
I've got a bike. It's a mountain bike. The film I saw Was god. |
|
We use a/an to describe somebody's We also use the to talk about something unique. |
|
profession. the SRO, the government, the world |
|
He's a teacher. |
|
We use a before a consonant and we use No article |
|
an before a vowel sound. We do not use an article with plural, countable nouns or uncountable |
|
She's an engineer. nouns when we are talking about people or things in general. |
Educatio is i løve c.f
1 Ages and stages of life adolescence • baby • birth • child • childhood • death • middle age (n) middle-aged (man/woman) • old age • senior citizen • teenager • young adult
2 The family aunt • born • brother • brother/sister/father/mother-in-law • cousin • daughter • divorced grandfather/mother • grandson/daughter • husband • nephew • niece • one-parent family • only child • partner single • sister • son • stepfather/mother • uncle • wife
3 Noun suffixes •ment, -ion, -ence adolescence • argument • concentration • confidence • description difference • discussion • improvement • independence • information • movement • retirement 4 Other words and phrases page 136
Present simple and present continuous
1 Write the third person singular form 2 and -ing form of the verbs below.
Verb Third person -ing form singular
3 write 4
6 watch 7 do
Articles
3 Choose the correct alternative.
/ 16 points
Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.
a new pair of jeans today.
a wears b carries c wearing d carrying 2 When your sister have English lessons?
a is b do c does
3 I'm not sure if he French or German right now.
a studies b are studying c study d 's studying 4 I'm sorry, I what you're telling me.
|
a 'm not understanding b |
not understand |
|
|
c are understanding d |
don't understand |
|
5 |
Where's your cousin? He normally |
on time. |
|
|
a come b is arriving c |
arrives d |
is coming |
6 |
Ah! Now I what you mean. |
|
|
|
b 'm seeing c d 'm not understanding |
'm knowing |
|
7 |
Stop talking to her because she |
to you. |
|
|
a don't listen b listens c |
's listening d |
never listens |
8 |
Why she doing anything? |
|
|
|
a hasn't b isn't c |
doesn't d |
don't |
Vocabulary revision |
/ 8 points
/ 8 points |
AGES AND STAGES OF LIFE -THE FAMILY
'My name's Harry. I'm not married yet, I'm still (a) My mum and dad are middle-(b) — I think they're both 50 this year. I'm an (c) child.
I haven't got any brothers or sisters but I spend a lot of time with my (d)
Tara. She's my Uncle Jack's daughter. She's young. I remember when she was born. in fact, I was there at the hospital on the day of her (e) My Aunt Angela,
Uncle Jack's (f) is really nice,
too. My dad's mum, my (g) is really special. She says I'm special for her too, maybe because I'm her only
(h)
Total:
-ENCE |
/ 8 points |
NOUN SUFFIXES -MENC -ION,
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of these words.
adolescent • concentrate • describe • different excite • improve • independent • inform
1 She usually gets 50% or 60% in her exams but in this exam she got 90%. That's a big
2 Can you give me a of your sister? I don't know who she is in this photo.
3 Good food helps your at school. 4 There's a lot of about the famous actor's visit to the school.
5 There are two or three between the present simple and the present continuous.
6 She wants to be a secondary school teacher because she likes working with
7 A dictionary gives you about new words. 8 He's very — he doesn't need anybody to help him.
/ 40 points
is when somebody breaks
into a house and steals things from it. |
5 |
Complete the definitions with the expressions in the box. |
is when somebody steals accuse a suspect • analyse evidence • arrest a suspect from a bank or a person. charge a suspect • collect evidence • investigate a case
|
4 |
is when somebody damages |
|
|
|
|
public property. |
When detectives |
|
|
5 |
is when somebody tal<es things from a shop without paying |
1 |
they try to find out what really happened. |
|
6 |
is when somebody copies |
2 |
they ask them things. |
|
|
software such as CDs and DVDs illegally. |
3 |
they take them to a police station |
|
7 |
is when somebody takes |
|
because they think they have done something bad. |
|
|
a person's money or possessions using violence. |
4 |
with something, they make an official statement that they think the suspect did something bad. |
|
8 |
is when you trick somebody to get money or something from them. |
5 |
of something, they say that they did something bad |
2 |
Complete the words for the person |
6 |
they get DNA samples or |
|
|
who does each of the crimes in 1. Use a |
|
something that can help to show that somebody did |
|
|
dictionary if necessary. |
|
something bad. |
they give evidence or proof that
they-study.itän.detail
6 What is the noun form of each verb in 5? Remember
3 08 Listen, check and repeat. that some noun forms are identical to the verb form.
Verb: accuse Noun: accusation
4 LISTENING} 09 Listen to four radio news Verb: analyse Noun: analysis items. What are the crimes?
13 7 SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Ask and answer this question.
2 4 Would you like to do detective work? Why/Why not?
2
newspaper-stories—Carr-you-match-the-titles-o the stories with the pictures? There is one title you do not need.
1 POLICE! DON'T MOVE!
2 The bank that's always open.
3 ARREST THAT DETECTIVE!
4 A thief? Or just thirsty?
2 Work with a partner. From the titles and pictures, what do you think happens in each story? Guess.
3 Read the stories. Which picture and title goes with each one?
ommaso Bonardi, 78, and Vittorio Laudani, 70, are a pair of experienced thieves. Last weekend, they tried to steal from a luxury fashion shop in Rome.
They went into the shop in the middle of the night wearing smart suits. At 4 am they were putting clothes and accessories worth €100,000 into a bag when the police arrived. But the criminals didn't run away. "lhev stood completely still and pretended to be part of the fashion éi»layr. Ihe police looked for them but didn't see them. Then one of them moved. police arrested thon immediately, and not for the first time!
olice in Devon, UK, had a difficult case to investigate last week. A work of art disappeared at a literary festival. 'The work of art was a bottle of water.
It was special because the water came from melted Antarctic ice. An American artist called Wayne Hill brought back two litres of the special water and made a bottle for it. 'The work represented the problem of global warming. It had a value of over L42,000, so Hill wasn't very happy about its disappearance. Did an art thief take it? Or maybe somebody came across the bottle, thought it was rubbish and threw it in the bin. Or was somebody just very thirsty? "Ihe police looked into the case but no evidence turned up.
c
Banks use complicated systems to stop bank robbers. So what happened last weekend at a bank in Easingwold was very surprising.
t vj-€Säfi1Tdäy tüfldfume. Britiéh bå-nköd6n't ÜSÜ•ÅIFy-• open on Saturday afternoon. Daniel and Alison Pettigrew were outside their local bank with Oliver, their 5-year-old son. Oliver disappeared for a minute. When he came back, he said: 'Dad, rhe bank's open.' Daniel didn't believe his son at first. But he föund out i t was true. The door was open! Nobody was inside, but they saw computers and other things, all unprotected. Daniel called 999 and waited flor rhe police to arrive. 'lhe bank worked out that there was a problem with the door and sent somebody to lock it. They thanked Oliver for doing rhe right thing and opened an aCCOLlnL [Or him.
4
6
7
POLICE |
FILE b |
-7 |
CLOSED
c
Read the stories again and answer these questions.
1 How did Bonardi and Laudani try to escape the police?
2 Why didn't their plan work?
3 What was the work of art that disappeared at a literary festival in Devon?
4 What different theories could explain the disappearance of the work?
5 Why were the Pettigrews surprised the bank was open?
6 Who discovered the problem and what did they do about it?
7 How did the bank thank Oliver?
GCRITICAL THINKING
Think! Then compare ideas with your class.
• How serious are the crimes in stories A and B?
What do the underlined words in the text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary.
SPEAKING} What about you?
Which story do you prefer and why?
2
presentation video.
la Look at these sentences. Which sentences are in the present simple and which are in the past simple?
a The police arrested them immediately.
b Did an art thief take it?
c Banks use complicated systems to stop bank robbers.
d The work of art was a bottle of water.
e They went into the shop in the middle of the night.
f British banks don't usually open on Saturday afternoon.
g The police didn't see them.
h Hill wasn't very happy.
1b In la, find a sentence with ...
1 a form of be in the past simple affirmative. d 2 a form of be in the past simple negative.
3 a regular verb in the past simple affirmative.
4 an irregular verb in the past simple affirmative.
5 a past simple question.
6 a verb in the past simple negative.
lc Complete the sentences with the past simple form of be, walk and go.
Affirmative: He (a) was/ walked/ went there yesterday.
Negative: He (b) there yesterday.
Question: (c) he
(d) there yesterday?
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 28
we pronounce the -ed ending in each list?
List A: finished watched liked passed
List B: wanted needed painted started
List C: stayed arrived discovered planned
2c In which list is the -ed ending pronounced /id/? Which letters come just before -ed in the words in this list?
3 Work with a partner. Write an A to Z of irregular past simple forms with one verb for each letter. Omit any difficult letters. How many can you think of in five minutes?
A — ate, B — bought, C
2
form of the verbs given.
In 2013, in New York, there (a)
(be) a terrible crime. Somebody (b) (mug) a 16-year-old boy in the street and (c) (steal) his smartphone. Then he (d) away. The boy (e) (not know)
the criminal but, soon after the mugging, he
(f) (get) a surprise. The mugger
(g) (not be) very clever. He (h) (take) a photo of himself on the phone and accidentally (i)
(email) it to the boy! The boy (j) (print) the photo and (k) to the police. The police (l)
(find) the criminal easily and (m) (arrest) him. He (n) (have) other stolen things at home, too, so the police
(o) (be) happy to catch him.
5 Complete these questions about the text in 4 with the past simple form of the verbs given.
1 Who a criminal (mug) in 2013 in New York?
2 What the criminal
(steal)?
3 the boy (know)
the criminal?
4 (be) the criminal clever? 5 What the criminal (do)?
6 the photo the police?
7 (be) it difficult to find the
criminal?
(end)?
6 $PEAKINS Work with a partner. Take it in turns to ask and answer the questions in 5.
e-informatiombetow-inü . Student B: turn to page 147. Prepare questions to ask your partner to find the missing information. 1 Find the phrasal verbs in the stories on page 19 and match them with the definitions below.
a) When, Was Sir Arthur Conan, Doyl.e born? 7b SPEAKING] Interview your partner. |
1
Student A
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle was the creator 2 of the world-famous detective, Sherlock 3
Conan Doyle was a (b)5
He began writing stories when he was at
6
Look Into investigate find by accident solve a problem by considering the facts
try to find
discover arrive or appear unexpectedly
university. When he began worl< he didn't have many patients. He started writing stories again.
Conan Doyle wrote his first Sherlock
(d)Apart from Sherlock Holmes, Conan Doyle created another interesting character, Sherlock's
2 Make new sentences using the correct form of the great friend, Doctor Watson. phrasal verbs in 1 .
|
the keys by accident in the garden. |
appeared unexpectedly in the garden. Holmes used logic to solve crimes. Homes investigation, they soon discovered where the |
investigation, they group. You have three minutes. How many can you make with the words in the table? must include the phrasal verbs in 1. the key. |
Sherlock Holmes was always a very 1 Detectives are trying to find the fraudster. popular character. He appeared in over ate looking for.,thzfrahdster. 50 short stories and (e) novels. Conan Doyle tried to kill the 2 The CIA began to investigate the case.
character in a story in 1893. But the The CIA public wanted more Sherlock Holmes 3 They found stories and Conan Doyle started writing them again in 1903.
Conan Doyle died when he was
years old. But his famous character Sherlock Holmes is still very much alive. He continues to appear
In
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES • To consider what your values are. To give advice to people in difficult situations. To decide the right way to behave |
KEY CONCEPTS values [n]: Your values are the ideas that help you decide the way you live. lie [v, n]: Is he lying or telling the truth? beliefs [n]: People from different cultures sometimes have different beliefs. hurt [v]: When you use violence, you can hurt someone. stand up for [v]: You've got to stand up for what you believe in. |
Thinking about in a variety of situations.
1 SPEAKING Look at these ideas for how to behave in your everyday life. How much do you agree with them? Write a percentage (20%, 50%, 100%) and then discuss with a partner. Back Values checklist Edit 1 Don't lie, always tell the truth. 2 Respect other people's opinions and beliefs. 3 Don't hurt people or animals, 4 Don't steal. 5 Don't damage other people's |
3 Read the explanations in 2 again and answer these questions. 1 What two things does the writer say about people having different opinions and beliefs? 2 What happens when people don't think about others? 3 What types of stealing does the writer mention? 4 What does the writer say about violence? 5 What is the problem with lying? 6 What does the writer say about public property? 7 What does the writer say about doing what other people want you to do? |
property.
6 Stand up for what you think is right. c)
7 Think about others, not just yourself.
2 READING Read these short explanations for the values in 1. Match the explanations with the values.
We don't all think exactly the same way. That's normal with so many people in the world. The important thing is that everybody has the right to their own opinions and ideas. We all need to respect that right.
Part of being human is looking after other people. When we only think about
B ourselves, the world becomes a cold and difficult place. When we take action, we need to think about the consequences for us and also for others.
We can't just take what we want. How do you feel if somebody comes and takes your things? Copying another student's work and piracy are two other examples of the same thing taking things that aren't yours.
Physical violence is never a solution. Violence sometimes brings more
D violence in the end. When we hurt a person or an animal, we need to be prepare
When we don't tell the truth, we can make life difficult, especially
E for ourselves. When somebody finds out that we're lying, they lose
confidence in us, They never know when to believe us. Sometimes even small lies can cause big problems.
We need to remember that public property belongs to all of us. So
Fa we shouldn't damage it. After all, there's no reason for us to break or destroy things that other people can use and enjoy.
You see somebody doing something that you think is bad. If you
G don't agree with that, do something about it. Never do things that you believe are wrong because somebody tells you to. It can be easy to go against what you think is right but there are usually negative consequences in the end.
owthinlc ppened ntence-with•one-w
1 James's problem started at house.
a 2 The clock was special to his
3 James said broke the clock.
4 James is worried because his mum and Oliver's mum are
5 Jessica and Kayla had a
6 Jessica go out at the weekend.
b 7 Jessica didn't let Kayla copy because she didn't
think it was and she was worried about what the might think. 8 Jessica now has problems with and her friends.
6a What do you think is good advice to give James and Jessica? Think and make notes.
[LISTENING 11 James and Jessica talk to a friend on a video call about a problem 6b Work in a group. Compare your ideas. Do you they had recently. Watch or listen. have similar opinions? Match the teenager to the photos.
Which have a value problem in 1 with?does each teenager 7 Work situations with and a partner. choose Read the best about answer.these two
1 You need money to buy your friend a birthday present. You find f20 on the classroom floor.
Do you .
a use the money today to buy the present?
b keep the money but wait a few days to see if anybody asks for it?
c give the money to the teacher to find out who it belongs to?
d do something else? What?
2 A friend wants you to tell her mum that you were together on Saturday afternoon. You weren't.
Do you .
a agree to do it without asking any questions? b ask her to explain first and then you'll do it? c say no, you don't want to lie? d do something else? What?
LIFE TASK
You want to do the right thing.
Follow this plan:
1 Think of three situations similar to the ones in 7. Write questions and suggestions using some of the values in 1.
2 Ask another group of students your questions. Make a note of their answers.
3 Work in your initial group again. Do you agree with the answers? Do you think people are doing the 'right thing' or not? Why? 4 Tell the class your conclusions.
a b two completed actions in the past that happened one after the other.
c an activity in progress in the past.
d an activity in progress in the past interrupted by a sudden action.
EXAM SUCCESS |
|
You are going to do a 'True/False/Not Mentioned' listening activity. What do you think is the first thing to do in this type of activity? EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 28 |
1 b Complete this rule.
We make the past continuous with the past simple of + verb -ing
2 What were these people doing yesterday at 6.30 pm? Write complete sentences.
1 Rachel and Kate/buy clothes.
2 05TENlW 012 Listen to a boy telling his friend about something that happened to 2 Joe's dad/not make the dinner, him last night. How are the pictures in 1 connected?
3 Kim/run in the park.
3 012 Listen again and decide if each statement is True (T), False (F) or if
4 We/not watch TV. the information is Not Mentioned (NM).
1 Daniel was watching a detective film on TV last night. T/F/NM 5 We/do homework.
2 Jim doesn't like watching
T/F/NM 6 Becky/swim.
T/F/NM
7 Sam and Beth/sit in the kitchen.
2 Joe's dad/make the dinner? 5 Where/Sam and Beth/sit?
3
e What was he looking for? f What did he take out of his bag?
7 SPEAKING} Read your complete story to your partner. The old man ran quickly towards the young man.Are your stories similar or different? Which story g Then what did he do?do you prefer?
h What did the young man do and why?
One afternoon a young man was sitting a café drinking coffee. He was talking on his mobile phone. His name was |
i How did the story end?in
1 ,SPQKINSI Work with a partner. Look at the pictures.
Describe what you can see. How do you think the 2 Itmatter. people feel?
3 It's(water).
9 SPEAKING BANK |
|
Useful expressions for apologies Making apologies I'm sorry. Responding to apologies It's OK. Don't worry about it. Never mind. It's not that important. |
4 me (get you a new bottle in the break). 5it up to you.
6 That's the time (l lend you anything). 7 terrible.
5 Where do the completed expressions go in the Speaking bank?
2 !SPQXIW Discuss these questions with your partner.
1
When was the last time you apologised to someone? Who did you apologise to and why?
2 When was the last time somebody apologised to you? Who apologised and why?
3 How easy or difficult do you find it to say that you're sorry?
3 LISTENING) 013 Listen to two dialogues. In each dialogue, why does the person apologise? Does the other person accept the apology or not?
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
Choose one of the a dialogue for the situation. the Speaking bank. dialogue. Act it out for the another situation and create dialogue. |
7a Work with a partner. situations in 6. Create Use expressions from
7b SPEAKIL Practise the class.
7c SPEAKINGI Now choose and practise the
1 "SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Look at the photos above from 4 Imagine that you found something
a newspaper. What do you think happened? |
unusual last week. Make notes answering the questions. |
2 Read a blog post from Tom. Were your ideas in 1 correct? |
1 When did you find it? 2 Where were you? |
3 Who were you with?
4 What did you find?
5 Why was it unusual?
6 What did you do with the object?
Poste 2014 7 What happened in the end?
MY AMAZING DISCOVERY!
and write your blog notes from 4 and the in the Writing something unusual. about what you found. and where unusual and what happened in |
WRITING BANK > PAGE 150 |
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT Did you see me in the newspapers yesterday?!
Yesterday evening I went out with my friend Max. We were 5 Look at the task going home when we came across a bag at the bus station. At post. Use your
first, we didn't l<now what to do. But then we decided to open words and expressions bank to help you. it, to see who it belonged to. When we opened it, we couldn't believe it. It was full of money! There were also passports and plane tickets. We found out that there was f7 {000 in there! Last week you found Write a blog post We went to the local police station but it was closed. Suddenly, Tell them: we saw a police car. We decided to stop it as it was passing by.
We explained the whole story. The police were a bit surprised,what you found but very grateful. They contacted the owner. He was happy, why the object was too. In the end, he didn't give us a reward, but that doesn't what you did next matter because Max and I knew we did the right thing. the end.
3 Look at the words and expressions in the Writing bank.
2
Past simple of to be
(FORM
Affirmative l/He/She/lt was here yesterday. You/We/They were here yesterday. Negative l/He/She/lt wasn't (was not) there last week. You/We/They weren't (were not) there last week. Question Was l/he/she/it in this school last year? Were you/we/they in this school last year? |
|
||
Short answers Yes, l/he/she/it was. No, l/he/she/it wasn't. |
We use the past simple to: |
||
Yes, you/we/they were. No, you/we/they weren't. |
describe finished actions or situations in the past. |
||
Past simple of regular and irregular verbs |
I Went to Mexico last year. |
||
FORM |
to say that one thing happened after another. |
||
Affirmative l/You/He/She/lt/We/They worked yesterday. |
Whew mum came home, We |
||
l/You/He/She/lt/We/They began yesterday. Negative I/You/He/She/It/We/They didn't (did not) work yesterday. l/You/He/She/It/We/They didn't (did not) begin yesterday. Question Did l/you/he/she/it/we/they work yesterday? Did l/you/he/she/it/we/they begin yesterday? Short answers Yes, l/you/he/she/it/we/they did. No, l/you/he/she/it/we/they didn't. |
had dinner. |
||
Past continuous |
|
||
d FORM |
|
USE |
|
Affirmative |
l/He/She/It was working. |
We use the past continuous to: |
|
|
You/We/They were working, |
• talk about activities in progress at a moment in the past. |
|
Negative |
l/He/She/lt wasn't (was not) |
At four o'clock this afternøm We Were reading. |
|
|
playing. |
• describe scenes in a story or description. |
|
|
You/We/They weren't (were |
The old maw Was Wearing a suit and he Was singing old song. |
|
|
not) playing. |
• talk about an activity in progress when another, shorter activity |
|
Question |
Was l/he/she/it listening? |
happened or interrupted it. It tells us that an action was in |
|
|
Were you/we/they listening? |
progress, but not that the activity was finished. |
|
Short |
Yes, l/he/she/it was. |
I Was Watching the TV When somebody knucked at the door. |
|
answers |
No, l/he/she/it wasn't. |
We often use while and as with the past continuous. |
|
|
Yes, you/we/they were. |
While/As I Was Watching him, he turned and looked at me. |
|
|
No, you/we/they weren't. |
Remember that some verbs are not usually used in the continuous (see page 16 for some examples of state verbs). I had a yreen bike. not I Was having a green bike. |
1 Crimes and criminals break into (v) burglar (n pers) burglary (n) burgle (v) copy (v) damage (v) fraud (n) e fraudster (n pers) mug (v) mugger (n pers) mugging (n) piracy (n) pirate (n pers) rob (v) robber (n pers) robbery (n) shoplift (v) shoplifter (n pers) shoplifting (n) steal (v) theft (n) thief (n pers) vandal (n pers) vandalise (v) vandalism (n) violence (n)
2 Detective work accusation (n) accuse (v) analyse (v) analysis (n) arrest (v, n) case (n) charge (v, n) collect (v) collection (n) evidence (n) investigate (v) investigation (n) U proof (n) prove (v) question (v, n) suspect (n)
3 Phrasal verbs connected with investigating and finding come across find out look for look into turn up worl< out
4 Other words and phrases > page 136
28
Past simple / 8 points
Change these sentences and questions from present simple to past simple.
1 Richard and I are students at this school. |
5 |
What time do you finish work? |
|
2 What's the problem? |
6 |
She doesn't teach English. |
|
3 We leave school at five o'clock. |
7 |
Running makes me tired. |
|
4 She catches the bus at that stop. |
8 |
They've got a problem. |
|
Past continuous |
|
|
/ 8 points |
2 Complete the sentences and questions with the past continuous form of the verbs in the box.
cry • listen • read • sit • sleep • tidy • wait write |
4 you at 2 am? 5 my room at 8.15 this morning. |
1 At 9 pm last night I a novel. |
6 They for the bus, it was a taxi. |
2 Which CD you |
7 Which chair you |
3 a letter, it was an email. |
8 My baby brother he was very tired. |
Past continuous and past simple |
/ 8 points |
3 Choose the correct alternative. |
3 Craig drove/was driving home when he |
1 While I travelled/was travellinq to work, my phone |
remembered/was remembering it was his mum's |
suddenly rang/was ringing. |
birthday. |
2 The boy stole/was stealing the apple while nobody |
4 Sam broke/was breaking the window and then he ran/was running away. |
looked/was looking.
/ 6 points |
CRIMES AND CRIMINALS
Complete the sentences with some of the words.
burglary • burgle • mug • mugger • piracy pirate • steal • theft • thief • vandal
1 |
When you for money. |
someone, you attack them |
rom a person or a p ace, you take money or objects illegally.
3 is a general word for somebody who takes other people's things or money.
4 is entering a house to take things. 5 is someone who damages and destroys things for no reason.
6 Making illegal copies of DVDs is and
it's a crime.
/ 4 oints |
DETECTIVE WORK
2 Choose the correct alternative.
1 The man made an important accuse/accusation.
2 They searched but couldn't find any proof/prove.
3 We need to analyse/analysis this evidence.
4 They charged/questioned the people who saw the crime.
PHRASAL VERBS CONNECTED WITH
/ 6 points
INVESTIGATING AND FINDING
3 Complete the sentences with prepositions.
1 I looked (a) my keys but couldn't find them. I hope they turn (b) 'f you come (c) them, could you tell me?
2 A detective is looking (d) the case to work
who the criminal is. It's urgent to find who did it.
/ 40oints
TIP FOR READING EXAMS
In multiple-choice reading activities, remember
If you aren't 100% sure of the correct answer, begin by taking away any answers which you know aren't correct.
> EXAM SUCCESS page 144
1 Look at the picture. When do people usually call an emergency phone number like 911 or 999?
2 Read the text and write a title for it.
3 Read the questions. Are there any answers that you think are definitely not correct? Put X next to them.
1 The problem with emergency numbers is that a people don't know what the number is in different countries.
b people don't always use the service responsibly.
c not every country has one.
2 Rother McLennon called a to order a sandwich.
b to give extra information about his order for a sandwich.
c to complain about his sandwich.
3 The person who answered McLennon's call a found it difficult to believe the call was serious.
b didn't understand the call.
c paid no attention to the call.
4 One young boy a made a successful call to 911.
b called 91 1 because he didn't have anything to do.
c rang 91 1 because of a personal problem.
5 People need to know that calling 91 1 can a waste a lot of money.
b stop the police from doing their job. c make many people laugh.
4 Now read the text again and choose the best answers in 3.
1-2
PORS
n most countries there is a special emergency telephone number to call the police. This number is 911 in the US but it can change from one country to the next. The only trouble is that some people do not have a very clear idea of what an emergency is.
Take the case of Rother McLennon from Connecticut in the US. In 2012, McLennon rang 911 because of a sandwich. In a local delicatessen, he ordered a sandwich with a lot of cheese and mayonnaise. When they gave him his sandwich, he wasn't happy with it. The police officer who answered the call could not believe her ears. At first, she thought the man was joking. Then she said, 'Don't buy the sandwich, then. Just leave.' But McLennon explained that he didn't want to do that because he wanted to be able to go back to the shop in the future. In the end, the police officer sent somebody to help.
Another woman once called 911 to tell the police that she wasn't happy because her local fast-food restaurant didn't have her favourite dish. One evening, a four-year-old boy was doing his maths homework. He was having a problem with one of the questions and so he called 911. The police officer helped him to answer the maths problem! One man had no job and no friends, so each day he invented a reason to call 911, to stop getting bored. Another woman was sitting in her car and couldn't find her keys to open the car door. She called 911. Of course, the police officer told the woman to try opening the car door manually. It worked.
At first these 911 calls seem to be funny, but really they aren't. Each call takes up the time of the police. They waste heir-time-instead.oC-being-free-t04tnswevsevious-eaI.Is-a help people with real problems. That explains why the police can, in fact, arrest you for calling 911 without a good reason.
5 {LISTENING 014 You are going to listen to a 9 Write an informal email to an e-pal. Describe
programme about the British Secret Intelligence a good friend at school. Follow this paragraph
Service (SIS). Listen and decide if the statements plan and remember to use typical words and
are True (T) or False (F). expressions in informal emails.
1 The popular name for the SIS is M15. Paragraph 1: Basic personal information about your
2 The SIS generally works outside the UK. friend (name, age, where they are from)
3 The director of the SIS is called M. Paragraph 2: Information about your friend's family
4 In real life, the SIS has a director of technology, Paragraph 3: Their hobbies
like the character O in the James Bond films. Paragraph 4: Their favourite subject(s) at school
5 The headquarters of the SIS are under the Paragraph 5: Ask for a reply
River Thames. T/F CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 1-2 CEF
6 You can see inside the headquarters in a James
Bond film. 1 How well can you do these things
in English now? Give yourself a mark
7 The SIS has a secret nuclear bunker under its from 1 to 4.
headquarters.
1 I can do it very well.
6 014 Correct the false sentences. Listen again if I can do it quite well.
necessary.
3 = I have some problems,
I can't do it.
Speaking I can talk about routines and what's
a
TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS happening now using the present simple
and present continuous. 4
In information role-plays, remember b I can ask for and give basic personal
Use basic question words like Who? What? When? information. 4
Where? How? Why? to think of more questions to c I can make nouns using the suffixes
keep the conversation going. -ment, -ion, -ence. 4
EXAM SUCCESS page 144 d I can understand conversations about
families and family life. 4
7 Look at this situation and make a list of questions e I can write a basic informal email about
that you can ask. myself or somebody I I<now well. C] 4
There is a new student from England in your school. f I can tall< about past events using the
• Ask them about their family and a member of their past simple and past continuous.
family who is special to them. g I can understand written and spoken
Find out information about their free-time activities. texts about crimes and the police.
Which member of your family ts special to you? h I can make and respond to apologies.
j I can explain events in the past using
8 SPEAKING. Work with a partner and act out the expressions of sequence and time.
role-play. When you finish, change roles.
2 Now decide what you need to do to
improve.
1 Look again at my book/notes.
2 Do more practice exercises.
TIP FOR WRITING EXAMS |
|
In writing exams, remember It's important to know what the examiners want to see in your answer. Find out how many marks there are and what you need to do to get a good mark. EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
TIP FOR LISTENING EXAMS |
|
|
|
In True/False activities, remember Before you listen, read the questions. They can give you ideas about the topic of the text and the vocabulary you are going to hear. EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
|
WORKBOOK Units 1 and 2 3 Ask for help.
4 Other:
1-2
7 Look at these words. Decide if we use do or make with each word. Can you think of other verbs we can use with the words?
|
|
do English, study English, Learn English |
4a FRONUNCIATION, Mark the main stress in each word in 2. |
8 |
SPUKlN8 Interview your partner with these |
Argentina Argentinian Spanish |
|
questions about learning English. Are your answers similar? |
4b 16 Listen, check and repeat with the correct stress. |
|
1 How do you study English outside school? 2 How do you revise vocabulary before an exam? |
5 SPUKIN@ Work in a small group. Which of the |
|
3 How often do you translate from and into English? |
countries in 2 would you like to visit and why? |
|
4 How do you feel about writing in English? |
I'd like to visit Brazil, because I love Watching the |
|
5 How often do you do English homework? |
Brazilian fiatball teams. |
|
6 When do you take English exams? |
7 How do you feel when you make mistakes in Learning a language English?
8 Do you prefer practising speaking, writing, reading,
6 Look at these words. They are all verbs. What and listening or doing grammar and vocabulary nouns can you make from them? exercises? Why?
How do you study English outside school? |
memorise • practise • revise • study ' translate
study — student, studies
I do my homework and I sometimes read books in English. I watch films in English, |
|
too.
3
00
Can you guess what language each colour is? in the text?
Diolch yn fawr Zac Euxapto-td) Pakka pét Gracios Teekkür ederim AITÄH Grazie
Dziqkuje Cna0i60 Hvala Dékuji Merci
Köszönöm Dankie Salamat Obrigado Danke
LANGUAGES |
In North America there aren't many different colours. English, in grey, is |
There are also maps of specific cities. A map of London in 2012 |
|
the main language. There's also some |
showed that people were tweeting in 66 |
|
pink for Spanish. And there is a little |
languages! 92.5% of all the tweets were |
Nowadays there are a lot of different |
purple for French in Canada. The map |
in English. Next were Spanish, Turkish |
ways to communicate with others. One |
of Europe, on the other hand, is like a |
and Arabic. The experts were surprised |
of these is Twitter. People send millions |
rainbow. We can see that there are big |
to see that the seventh biggest |
of Twitter messages, or tweets, every |
blocks of colour for languages such |
language appeared to be Tagalog, from |
day. One Twitter user, Eric Fischer, |
as English, French, Spanish, German |
the Philippines. At first, they couldn't |
likes making maps. |
and Italian. But look p!psely_ and you |
see any good explanations for this |
He had an idea. He used data collected from |
can see there are a few areas where |
unusual result. They looked into it and |
Twitter to show all the languages used in the |
different languages pp-exi>!, such as |
found that many of the words were not |
tweets. He needed some time to collect the data. |
in Switzerland. But what you can see |
really Tagalog. They were English terms |
But once he had it all, it didn't take him long to |
are only tweets. Some countries are |
such as 'hahahahaha', 'ahhhhhhh' and |
create the maps. Now we have a collection of |
almost invisible because there are only |
'10101010101'. The professor in charge |
maps which show who uses which languages |
a few Twitter users there. And in some |
of the project said: 'Tagalog wasn't |
and where. The maps are fascinatin_g and also |
countries, like Russia, the tweets are |
included in the final map but it seems |
very beautiful. |
mainly ppncentrated in big cities. |
like a fun language!' |
3 Read the text again. Are these statements True (T), False (F) or is the information Not Mentioned (NM)?
1 Eric Fischer doesn't send Twitter messages.
2 Eric Fischer just needed Twitter to make his maps.
3 The map of North America shows that one langua e is dominant there.
4 |
Fischer decided to make the map of Europe colourfuii T/F/NM |
|||
5 |
On the maps, it is difficult to see countries where |
|
5 |
What do the underlined words in the |
|
people don't use Twitter. |
T/F/NM |
|
text mean? Guess and then check in |
6 |
The Twitter map of London showed that 8.5% of tweets there are in Spanish. |
T/F/NM |
|
your dictionary. |
7 |
Tagalog is a very difficult language to learn. |
T/F/NM |
6 |
SPEAKINW What about you? |
8 |
Tagalog wasn't really the seventh biggest language |
|
|
1 What do you think about social |
|
in London. |
T/F/NM |
|
networks like Twitter and why? |
2 How do you communicate with people and which language(s) do you use?
3
in presentation video,
a little burgers for dinner tonight.
Look at the words. Are they countable or |
Brad: Good idea. In that case, get (i) |
|
uncountable? |
tomato ketchup, too. We haven't got |
|
1 country 3 money 5 area |
at the moment. And get |
|
4 colour 6 language 1b Look at these sentences. The words in bold all |
(k) yoghurt for dessert! |
|
express quantity. Answer questions a—e about |
2b All the words above in bold are types of food, |
|
the words. |
|
but they all have something else in common. |
1 Some countries are almost invisible. |
|
Can you guess what it is? |
2 He needed some time to collect the data. 3 They couldn't see any good explanations for this. 4 Did Fischer make any money from the maps? |
3 |
Choose the correct alternative. |
5 There aren't many different colours. |
|
Nobody knows exactly how (a) much/man words |
6 He didn't need much time. |
|
there are in total in the English language but there are (b) a lot/a lot of. One reason why there are so |
7 There are a lot of different ways to communicate |
|
(c) many/much is that English takes words from |
8 It doesn't take a lot of time. |
|
(d) much/man other languages. Look at the words |
9 There are a few areas where different languages |
|
for food in exercise 2, for example. There may be |
co-exist. |
|
(e) a few/a little words there that come from your |
10 They had a little knowledge of Tagalog, but not |
|
language. (f) Some/An of the words come from |
much. |
|
South America — potato, tomato and chocolate. There aren't (g) an /man words from Chinese in the English |
a Which words do we use with uncountable |
|
language, but l<etchup is one of them. Originally, |
nouns? |
|
ketchup was the name for a type of fish sauce in China. Teenagers in the UK don't eat (h) many/much |
some, any, much, a lot Of a little |
|
fish sauce but they do eat (i) lots/lots of burgers. |
b Which words do we use with plural, countable |
|
There is (j) some/an confusion about the origin of the |
nouns? |
|
word burger, but (k) a lot of/much people think that it |
c Which words usually appear in negative sentences |
|
comes from German. Because the UK and France are |
and questions? |
|
neighbours it is normal that there are (l) a few/a lot of |
d Which words do we use to talk about large |
|
French words in English — hundreds in fact. Biscuit is |
quantities? |
|
just one example. On the other hand, (m) a lot of/ |
e Which words do we use to talk about small |
|
fruit travels a long way to get to the UK. That explains why the word banana comes from an African |
quantities? |
|
language. There are also (n) a few/a little words |
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 42 |
|
from Turkish, like yoghurt. And, finally, if you ask for (o) a few/a little sugar in your coffee, you're using two Arabic words. Just by being in an English kitchen you |
2a Complete the dialogue with some or any. Jamie: Brad, I'm going shopping this afternoon What do we need to get? Have we got bananas? |
|
can travel to (p) much/man countries! |
Brad: Yeah, we've got (b) bananas but |
|
ASIA EUROPE |
potatoes. |
|
AFRICA |
Jamie: What about sugar? Have we got |
|
SOUTH |
(d) sugar? Brad: No, we haven't got (e) sugar, but we have got (f) chocolate. |
|
AMERICA AUSTRALASIA |
And we need to get (g) biscuits
too.
3 2
vncahu!rqrv
complete each sentence with two or three different ideas.
English/French/German/Russian words irregular past forms phrasal verbs prefixes prepositions present tenses words beginning with Z words with more than 12 letters |
1 Look at the words in the box. What do they have in common? What is the opposite of each word?
illegal • impossible • incorrect informal • invisible • irregular
1 There are some French words and some German words. unhappy • unusual
2 There are a lot of
3 There aren't any 2 Choose the correct alternative.
1 Many common English verbs, such
|
2 |
People aren't usually |
5a Work individually. Look at the photos and choose a country. |
|
when somebody reads their private |
Make notes about things that there are or aren't in this |
|
messages. |
country. Use the ideas in the box. |
3 |
'A books' is correct/incorrect English. |
4 There aren't many as go, do and make, have a regular/ 5 There are a fewan irregular past form.
4 You couldn't see the message. It was animals • bicycles • food • fruit visible/invisible. modern/old buildings • monuments • mountains offices • people • snow • tourism • trees • water 5 'Dear Sir or Madam' is a formal/ informal expression.
6 It is legal/illegal to steal data.
7 It is possible/impossible to read hundreds of messages in just two minutes.
3a PRONUNCIATION 017 Listen to the words in 1. Underline the syllable we stress in each word. Do we stress the prefix in each word?
3b 0 17 Listen again and repeat the words with the correct stress.
4a Think of an example of something (for example, a word or a situation) for each word in 1.
Is
many.
5c SPEAKINS Now choose different countries not in the photos and repeat.
3
lifa eleille• el'ille
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES • To consider the importance of body language. • To learn useful tips for public speaking. To practise giving a talk to the class. |
KEY CONCEPTS gesture He made a gesture with his hand to tell me to stop. confident [adjl, confidence [n]: She was confident about the exam because she studied hard for it. (in)secure [adjl: I feel secure when I'm speaking in front of my friends. (non-)verbal [adjl: Animals use non-verbal language because they don't use words. audience [n]: There were 200 people in the audience for the school concert. sincerity [n]: An honest way of behaving which shows you really mean what you say. |
la Work with a partner. Look at the photos. From this person's 'body language', decide if you think the person is:
A secure, confident and in control
B insecure and not very confident
1b Turn to page 147 for an expert's answers.
lc Do you agree with the expert's opinions?
Why/Why not? Is any of the body language in the pictures above impolite in your country?
READING Read the text and choose the best title.
1 Without words, there's no communication
2 Learning to communicate without words
3 Body language — it's the same all over the world
3 Read the text again and answer these questions.
1 Why can non-verbal communication cause problems?
mentioned in the text?
3 Why do people sometimes put their hand in front of their mouth in a conversation?
4 Is it good or bad to look at somebody directly in the eyes? Why?
5 Why does the writer mention Bulgarians?
6 Is it good or bad to stand very close to the person you are speaking to?
7 In what way is body language similar to verbal language?
good body language in this situation?
more important -WHAT YOU SAY or
'QHOWYOU SAY IT?
Some say that up to 70% of decisions made at interviews are based on nonverbal factors. We can communicate a lot just with our body, our face and our gestures. The problem is that we often do this without thinking or reatising. Just by the way that we sit, stand or walk we can appear insecure, confident or sometimes overconfident. Other people form opinions about us before we open our mouths.
DO a little experiment. The next
time you watch TV, turn down the volume. Watch how people move their arms and hands. Look at their faces and their eyes. Now try to imagine what they are saying and how they feel and turn the volume back up. It's incredible how much we can understand without words.
LOOK around the room right now. Are people
sitting up straight? That probably means they are paying attention. Is anybody folding their arms? That's usually a sign that they are being defensive. Is anybody touching their hair? Maybe they're nervous. When somebody speaks, see if they cover their mouth. If they do, perhaps they're lying. On the other hand, when somebody looks straight into your eyes when they speak to you, it's generally a sign of sincerity and confidence.
be problems with body language though. Gestures do not mean the same thing in every country. Even gestures for yes and no can sometimes be different. Bulgarians shake their heads from side to side to mean yes, and they nod up and down to say no. Also, what people believe is polite or impolite can change. Sitting with your hands behind your head is impolite in some countries but not in others. And in some countries it is normal to stand very close to the person you are speaking to.
rs,oeople-sometimes o ortabte when the person speaking to them is very close to them or touching them.
> BO(IY la l) doesn't have
grammar* or vocabu ary, buthfiere are still things we can learn and practise if we want to send the right message!
g.
5 LISTENING 18 Watch the video or listen to two students giving advice about how to speak in public. Do they mention any of your ideas in 4?
6 018 Complete the advice with one word in each space. Listen again if necessary.
AD•JSC€ FOR SPEAKSN& SN rugusC
straitta+.
but mof too
Z 'lÅse our m.'IÅC-l.•t.
nudie-mcg.
14- spenK willa vex Load or
soft voice..
g wifta01A{
140+00tnfi04t is WIoB4•t our VOIC„eoes up or dow4t Mid i Keeps peopLe
our be+ore
004 eti4i.
7 What do you think of the advice in 6? Why?
LIFE TASK
You want to speak in public.
Follow this plan:
1 Choose one of these statements. Decide if you agree or disagree with the statement and make notes with your ideas.
a It is essential to learn English in today's world.
b Films and TV series are always best in the original version.
c It's bad for our language when people start using English words.
Inese ts t e anguage o t e uture.
e The whole world should speak just one language.
2 Prepare a one- to two-minute talk with your notes in 1. Decide the best order for your different points and ideas.
3 Give your talk to the class or a group of students. Remember to follow the advice in 6.
4 When you all finish, give each other feedback. Which advice in 6 did you follow? What can you do better next time?
1 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Look at the five different languages below. What, if anything, do you know about each one? Do you think they are easy or difficult to learn? Why?
a Spanish |
c French |
e Klingon |
b Esperanto |
d Japanese |
|
d places?
e
1b Look at sentences 4 and 6 in la and choose the correct alternative.
We can/cannot omit who, which or that when a noun or pronoun comes
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 42 |
Speaker 1 Speaker 3 |
|
|
|
||
|
2 |
Look at the relative |
|
||
Speaker 2 Speaker 4 |
|
pronouns in these sentences. In which |
|
||
3 0 19 Listen again and match the speakers and the correct |
|
sentences can you |
|
||
information. There are two pieces of information for each |
|
omit the relative |
|
||
speaker. |
|
pronoun? |
|
||
A |
was not very successful with the first foreign language they learned. |
|
1 |
The Big Bang Theory was the series which |
|
B |
is learning a language because they like the idea behind the |
|
|
made him famous. |
|
|
language. |
|
2 |
That's the language |
|
C |
wants to learn a language to understand more about the |
|
|
that I want to learn. |
|
|
people who speak it. |
|
3 |
English is a language |
|
D |
is learning a language because it helps them professionally. |
|
|
which millions of |
|
E |
started learning a language because of one special person. |
|
|
people speak. |
Jim Parsons from |
F |
tells people they meet interesting facts about the language ey are earnng |
|
4 |
A linguist is a person |
The Big Bang Theory |
G |
was interested in a language from a TV programme before they started learning a real language. |
|
|
speaks a lot of languages. |
|
H |
knows three or more languages. |
|
5 6 |
He is the teacher who taught me French. She's the person that helped me to speak |
|
Speaker 1 Speaker 3 |
|
|
Italian. |
||
Speaker 2 Speaker 4 |
|
7 |
The first person who I met at the hotel was Spanish. |
||
4 SPEAKING) What about you? |
|
8 |
She never forgot the people who helped |
||
Choose one of the languages to learn. Give reasons. |
|
|
her to learn English. |
2 ILISTENlNGj 019 Listen to four speakers. Match each speaker immediately after. to the language in 1 that they are learning now. There is one language you don't need.
4a SPEAKING Choose six words from the Vocabulary
using who, that, which, where, when, whose.
4b Read your definitions to your partner. Can they identify the words?
A mugger. |
It's a person who attacks you to take money or objects from you.
It's the stage of life when you're a child.
5 Complete these sentences with true information about you.
1 is a place where I'm usually happy. 2, is an object which is really important to me.
3 was a year when something special
happened to me.
4 is a person who is special to me.
(2) language which doesn't really exist!
(3) speaks not one but two fictional
languages in the TV series Game of Thrones. One of the languages is called Valyrian (4)the
other is Dothraki. David Peterson is the person who invented all the languages in the series. Peterson went to the University of California, San Diego. That was
(5) he studied a master's in linguistics. For Game of Thrones, he created a (6) of
words for each language. His wife Erin helped him to create at least one word. She was the person
(7)name he used to create the adjective
for kind or good in Dothraki. It must be really hard for
Emilia (8) she needs to film in Dothraki But there are a (9) words that she doesn't
need to learn in Dothraki. One of them is 'Thank you'
The Dothraki people are quite aggressive and never
use it! 5 is a place where I want to go one day.
Home is a place where I'm usually happy. |
|
2 |
B |
a |
C |
the |
D |
some |
||
7 is a film that I love. |
3 |
B |
which |
C |
who |
D |
whose |
||
6 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Compare your |
|
|
B |
but |
C |
because |
D |
that |
|
sentences in 5 and discuss your answers. |
5 |
A |
that |
B |
what |
C |
D |
which few |
6 is a language that I want to learn.
B lots many
Me too. But I wrote 'the swimming pool'. I go swimming every weekend. I love it. |
7 A that B which C who D whose
8 A that B what C when D which
9few B little C lot D many
I SPEAKING Work with a partner. Look at this advert for a school that organises summer courses for students of English. Answer these questions.
1 Do you think this is a good place to learn English in the summer? Why/Why not?
2 You want to do a summer course to practise English. What factors are important in deciding where to study? Make a list.
2 LISTENINGI 20 Listen to a student asking for information about the Cardiff English Centre and write the information. Does the student ask about any of the factors you thought of in 1? Which ones?
Course beti4ts:
Course lasts: Price:
Other ncfivi+ies:
3 Look at the useful expressions in the Speaking bank. Read the dialogue in 4 and tick (V) the expressions which appear in it.
SPEAKING BANK
Useful expressions for checking understanding
Sorry, did you say ... ?
Could you repeat that? Pardon?
I'm not sure I understood.
Receptionist.
Student: How much is the course?
Receptionist: The price of a (g)course is (h)
Receptionist: Yes, I said the price is (i)
Student: Does the price include other activities?
Receptionist: Yes, it does.
Student: What other activities are there?
Receptionist: There a re (j) and sports activities, including (l)
Student: Oh, that sounds interesting. Can you send me a registration form?
Receptionist: Yes, of course. Can you give me your name and address? Student: Yes 1 it'S .
5 (SPEAKING} Practise the dialogue in 4 with your partner.
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
6a SPEAKING; Work with a partner. Do this role-play using the questions in 4 and the Speaking bank to help you.
You want to find out the following information about summer courses at a language school:
• the starting date for the course • the price
• the length of the course • other activities
• if accommodation is organised or not on the course
Student A: You are the receptionist at the Sydney English Centre. Look at page 147.
Student B: You want information about the Sydney English Centre. 6b Now change roles.
Student B: You are the receptionist at the San Francisco English Centre. Look at page 147.
Student A: You want information about the San Francisco English Centre.
EXAM SUCCESS
What do you need to do to get a good mark in a speaking exam?
Receptionist: Good morning. This is the (a) English Centre. How can I help you? Student: Good morning. I'd like some information about your summer courses. Receptionist: Yes, of course. We have a course for students aged between 14 and 17. It begins on Student: Sorry, did you say (c) Receptionist: Yes, that's right. The course lasts (d) Student: Do you organise accommodation? |
EXAM SUCCESS page 144
can each one help you to learn English?
2 A language biography is a text where you describe your experiences of learning a different language. Read this language biography written by a student of English. What similarities are there between her experiences and yours? We both started learniM3 English
My name is Celia Rojas and I'm years old. I'm Mexican and my mother-tongue is Spanish. Apart from Spanish, I can speak English. I started learning English when I was at primary school. I was five years old. Primary school Was where we listened to, and sang, a lot of songs in English. We also played games and read some stories. We didn't study a lot ofgrammar in prinaary school but we learned a lot vocabulary and we practised speaking. At the moment I'm studying English at secondary school. We study a lot ofgrammar and vocabulary, and We do a little speaking. We study vocabulary using an interactive wordlist. From time to time we do vocabulary tests. We don't do many translations in lessons,
Outside school I don't really speak much English, For homework, we Often read special English readers which our teacher gives us. When We finish them, We usually write summaries. I listen to a lot English because I love English and American pop music and I also watch films iVb English, like The Hunger Games. Ihat's my favonrite. When I Was thirteen I Went to Canterbury to do a summer course. When I was there I met some great people, I'd like to yo somewhere else in the [1K, to London for example. I like learning English by doing activities and game-J in pairs. I make a few mistakes when I speak English, but I write the correcti0YLf down and revise them from time to time.
paragraphs. Read it again and divide it into five paragraphs. Use the plan below to help you. When you finish, read the information in the Writing bank.
Paragraph 1: Basic personal information Paragraph 2: Language-learning experiences at primary school
Paragraph 3: Language-learning experiences at secondary school
Paragraph 4: Language-learning experiences outside school, including trips Paragraph 5: How you prefer to learn a language
4 Make notes for the paragraphs in 3 with information about yourself and your experiences of learning English.
WRITING BANK
Paragraphs
and information together and express them more clearly. When you write a text in English, brainstorm your ideas and then group those ideas into logical paragraphs. WRITING BANK PAGE
5 PRACTICE MAKES PERFECTWrite your own language biography using your notes in 4. Organise your information into five clear paragraphs.
Countable and uncountable nouns
Book, mistake, shop, euro are countable nouns. There is a singular and plural form We can often make uncountable |
||
Milk, money and are uncountable nouns. There is no plural form. nouns countable by adding |
||
Many nouns can be both countable and uncountable. It depends on the context. a piece of. |
||
Cofee is bad fir (uncountable = in general) |
|
advice, furniture, information |
Briny me two coffees. (countable = two cups of coffee) |
|
(uncountable) |
I haven't 30t much time. (uncountable = in general) |
|
a piece of advice, a piece of furniture, a piece of information |
I Went there three times. (countable = on three occasions) some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little |
|
(countable) |
We use some with uncountable nouns and with plural, |
|
We use a lot of in affirmative and negative sentences |
countable nouns, in affirmative sentences. |
|
and in questions, with countable and uncountable |
I'veyot came books. We've got come free time. |
|
nouns. |
We use any with uncountable nouns and with plural |
|
I've got/I haven't yÖt a lot Of time/books. |
countable nouns, in negative sentences and questions. |
|
Have you 30t lot af time/ books? |
I havew'tyot any money. |
|
We use of when a lot comes before a noun. But when |
He hasn't got any friends, |
|
there is no noun after a lot we do not use of. |
Have you got any fee time? |
|
Have you got any water? yes, I'veyot lat. |
Are there any books? |
|
Are there any dictionaries? yes, there are lot. |
We use much, many, a lot (of) to talk about big |
|
A lot of and lots of are the same. |
quantities. |
|
I've got a lat of time. = I've got lots Of time. |
We often use much in negative sentences and |
• |
We use a few and a little to talk about small |
questions, with uncountable nouns. |
|
quantities. |
I haveo't got time. |
|
We use a few with plural, countable nouns. |
Have yonyot water? |
|
There are only A few problems. |
We often use many in negative sentences and |
• |
We use a little with uncountable nouns. |
questions, with plural, countable nouns. I haven't 30t many books. Have you 30t many books? Relative pronouns |
|
We've only got lieu time. |
USE |
|
We use who and that for people, which and that for |
• We use relative pronouns to give information about |
|
things, whose for possessions, where for places, and |
the person, thing, place or time in the first half of the |
|
when for times. We can omit who, which, or that when a noun or |
JR-R Tolkien is the person Wkö/B14t Wrote 77ae Hobbit. |
|
pronoun comes immediately after. |
That's the book wkick/tkat he translated. |
|
That's the film that I saw. = That's the film I saw. |
-That's the actor wkøcefilm I saw yesterday. |
|
BUT |
-nut's the film that Was popular.
1 Countries, nationalities, languages Countries: Argentina • Austria • Brazil • Bulgaria • Egypt Japan
Mexico • Poland • Russia • Switzerland Thailand • Turkey Nationalities: Argentinian • Austrian • Brazilian
Bulgarian Egyptian • Japanese • Mexican • Polish • Russian • Swiss • Thai • Turkish
Languages: Arabic • Bulgarian • German • Japanese • Polish • Portuguese • Russian • Spanish • Thai • Turkish 2 Learning a language do an exercise • do homework • do/study English • do/take an exam • do/write an essay make a mistake • memorise • memorisation • practice (n) • practise (v) • revise • revision • student • study translate • translation
3 Negative prefixes il-, in-, im-, ir-, un- illegal • incorrect • impossible • informal • irregular • invisible unhappy • unusual
4 Other words and phrases page 138
some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little
1 Complete the sentences with some, any, much, many, a lot (of), a few, a little.
1 I haven't got many magazines, only
2 We haven't got information about this country — nothing at all.
3 There was only milk in the fridge.
Relative pronouns
4 I haven't got
5 Were re
6 We haven't got leaves, only five minutes.
7 He gave me
8 There are only
/ 8 points
money, just five euros.
people at the concert?
time before the train
good advice.
people in the library.
/ 8 points
V Join the two sentences to make one sentence. Use who, which, that, whose, where, when.
Claudia is a linguist. She teaches German. 5 This is a great book. They want to translate it into Claudia is a Linguist who teaches German.„ English.
1 David Silva is a football player. He speaks Spanish.
6 Piraha is an unusual language. Only around 400
a beautiful place. You can go there at people speak it.
2 The park is the weekend.
3 Last year was a special year. A lot of important things happened that year.
8 We go to the cinema on Wednesdays. There's a
the teacher. Her classes are brilliant. special price on Wednesdays.
4 That's
LEARNING A LANGUAGE COUNTRIES, NATIONALITIES AND LANGUAGES
1 Complete the sentences with the words in 2 Complete the sentences with the correct country, the box. Use one word twice.
1
2
3
1 Yesterday we read an English4 of a Russian poem.
5
2 Before the exam, he did some6
3 You need toto speak English
7 well.
IM-, IR., IL-
6 criminal = il
7 strange = un
8 you can't see it
8 At our school we German. 4 relaxed and friendly = in
5 not follow the usual rules
Total:/ 40 points
watchT
Parts of the body
la Work with a partner. Look at the picture and point to the parts of the body.
arm ear face finger ' foot hand head leg mouth neck nose stomach toe
1
2
8
9
11
5
12
6
13
7
15
Match these words with numbers 1—16.
ankle e back cheek • chest chin elbow forehead heel • hip * knee shoulder thigh thumb • throat e wrist neck
2 21 Listen, check and repeat.
4
3 Work with a partner. Complete each phrase with three parts of the body.
1 I've got a broken
2 Have you got ache ?
3 My hurts .
4 He injure his
4 Complete the texts with the correct form of the words in the box. Use a dictionary if necessary.
cough sore v temperature o virus
Karen isn't very well at Pete has a very high
the moment. She's got a (d) 39.50C very bad cold, or perhaps He's got
it's (a) in his arms and She (b) all the legs. Perhaps it's a time and so now she has because
throat. a lot of people are ill at school at the moment.
5 LISTENING 22 Listen to four people. What health problem does each one have?
Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4
6 SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Discuss the questions.
1 Do you catch colds easily? What do you do to stop them?
2 Do you ever injure yourself doing sports or other activities? Which sports are the most dangerous?
GOOD January Edition
H EALT H
TEEN HEALTH TIPS
NO FUN IN THE SUN Have you ever tried to get a suntan? Be vey careful. Doctors say that skin cancer is increasing because of our obsession with the sun. It is now the most common cancer for people between 15 and 34. According to a recent survey of 16- to 24-year-olds, over 70% of them want a suntan when they go on holiday. But the doctors' advice is clear. Don't go out in the sun between 11 am and 3 pm and always wear a T-shirt, hat and sunglasses. And never use sunbeds! They are incredibly dangerous, which is why now in the UK they have made it illegal for under-18s to use them. |
LETTER THE HOT SOUP FOR COLDS Answered by Dr Lucy Smith Dear Lucy, I've had a bad cold for over a week. I'm taking medicine but it doesn't do anything. My mum says that chicken soup can help me. Is she mad? Sarah Johnson Dr Lucy Smith answers: Your mother's cure for a cold is what we call an 'old wives' remedy'. A lot of people think that it's a mad idea with no scientific basis. But a new study has discovered that many of these 'old wives' remedies' do work. And scientists have found out that chicken soup is a great cure for a cold All kinds of hot soup can help to get rid of a sore throat. And hot soup also helps to kill viruses quickly. So relax, your mum isn't mad. |
EXAM SUCCESS |
|
You are going to do a matching activity for this reading text. In this type of activity, you say which text or part of a text contains a specific piece of information. What do you think is a good way to do this exercise? EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
|
|
THINKING |
|
Think! Then compare ideas with your class. Why do you think some young people have an obsession with suntans? |
3
2 Which article ... 4 What do the underlined words
1 tall<S about a traditional cure for an illness?in then the check text in your dictionary.
2 talks about a problem caused by insufficient experience?
3 mentions a problem that the law is trying to help with? 5 (SPEAKING What about you?
4 uses a simple word to help people remember their advice? 1 Do you think the RICE method is useful? Why/Why not?
5 gives information to help one person in particular?2 What do you think about the 6 talks about a problem caused by people wanting to enjoy good advice in B?
weather? 3 Do you know any other traditional remedies like in C? 7 tells you to speak to an expert when there is a real problem?Which?
8 mentions a recent discovery in the world of medicine?
4
prcscntation video.
la Look at these sentences and match them with the explanation of their uses in a—c. 1 Have you ever tried to get a suntan? 2 I've had a bad cold for a week. 3 They have made it illegal for under-18s to use sunbeds and now they can't use them. a an experience or experiences which happened at an unspecified moment in the past. b a past action which has a result in the present. c a situation that started in the past and continues to the present. 1b Complete the rule, We make the present perfect with the present simple of have + the of the main verb. lc Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of see and visit. Affirmative: He the doctor. Negative: He the doctor. Question form: he the doctor? Id Look at these sentences and choose the correct alternative. 1 Have you ever/never tried to get a suntan? 2 Many people in the UK have ever/never been ice-skating. le Choose the correct alternative. 1 Ever/never means at any time in your life. 2 Ever/never means at no time in your life. 3 Ever and never go just after/ before the past participle. |
|
|
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 54 |
1 Have you had hot soup to stop a cold?
2 I've felt sick in a car.
3 She's taken antibiotics.
4 Has your dad helped anyone in an accident?
5 Sam and I have written a story about doctors.
6 Have you done first aid?
4 Write questions with ever to ask your partner.
catch a cold? Have you ever caught a cold?
1 stay in bed because of flu?
2 have a very high temperature?
3 sleep in a hospital?
4
2 Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of the |
6 visit a friend in hospital? |
verbs given. 1 I have decided (decide) to study medicine. |
7 break your arm? |
5 take medicine that tastes really bad?
2 My friend(meet) Dr Lucy Smith. 8 watch a hospital drama on TV?
3 (study) the history of medicine in
biology.
(not have) any bad accidents. (work) in a hospital?
6 My sister(become) a nurse.
4
5a SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Ask and answer the questions in 4.
5b SPEAKIu When you finish, tell a
different student about your partner.
Adam has never stayed in bed because of flu, but he has broken his arm.
naualnnin« Present perfect with for and since medicine Look at these sentences and then choose the correct alternative, |
1
1 I've had a bad cold a week. 2 1've had a bad cold since last Friday. a We use for/since for moments in time.
b We use for/since for periods of time.
Definition |
a a place where people wait, for example to see a doctor |
b a medicine that reduces pain |
c basic medical help that you give to someone when they have an accident |
a building where people can go to see a doctor or nurse |
e when somebody has a lot of pain in their chest and their heart stops working |
f an illness you get from eating food which contains harmful bacteria |
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 54 |
6b Look at this question and answer. Q: How long have you known Andy? A: For ten months. Do we use Row long to ask about frequency or duration?
7 Put the time expressions in the box in the correct column.
for |
since |
20 minutes |
|
6 0'clock • 7th February • 2014 e an hour five years Friday ten seconds the age of five • the day I met you three days • 29--tfri•fiütes
2
|
|
|
|
pain |
aid |
2 |
heart |
room |
3 |
health |
|
4 |
waiting |
|
5 |
food |
attack |
6 |
fi rst |
poisoning |
We make compound nouns by joining two nouns or an adjective and a noun. Join words from column A and column B to make compound nouns. Then match them with the correct definitions. Use your dictionary if necessary,
23 Listen and check your answers.
8 Complete the sentences with information about you. Use the correct form of the present perfect and a time 3a 'PRONUNCIATION 0 24 Listen again to the pronunciation of the expression. compound nouns in 1. Where is the stress in words 1—5? Is it on the first word or the second word? And in 6?
1
(know) my English teacher for 3b Practäse saying the words with the correct stresse
4 Complete the sentences with the compound nouns in 1.
since |
1 |
When I'm ill I go to the near my |
3 (have) this |
|
house. |
watch for |
2 |
Please take a seat in the The doctor |
4 (be) able to |
|
will see you in ten minutes. |
swim since 5 (live) in my |
3 |
Salmonella is a type of bacteria which causes |
home for |
4 |
To help avoid a exercise regularly and eat a healthy diet. |
9a Guess your partner's answers in 8 and write them down. |
5 |
I want to learn so that I know what to do if there's an emergency. |
9b SPEAKING Ask your partner questions to |
6 |
A: My back really hurts. |
find out if you were right. |
|
take a |
2 (live) in this area
B: Why don't you
How
Learning soulle basics of FIRST AID
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES
• To think about why first aid is important.
• To learn when and how to put somebody in the recovery position.
• To check understanding of the basics of first aid.
la Work with a partner. Look at the scene.
KEY CONCEPTS
What dangers can you find in the scene? 1b You are alone. You find somebody in the situation in la. What do you think you need to do? Make a list of ideas. 2 READING Read the text and answer these questions. 1 Why is first aid so important? 2 Were any of your ideas in 1b right? 3 Look at the steps to take in an emergency. Complete the sentences with the words in the box. 999 • airway • ambulance • breathing conscious • dangers • recovery 1 Check if there are at |
breathe [v]: We breathe through our nose and mouth because we need oxygen. (un-)conscious [adj]: Her eyes were closed and she wasn't moving so I thought she was unconscious. blood bleed [v]: I cut my finger and now it's bleeding. airway [n]: Your airway is the tube that takes air from your mouth to your body. recovery position [n]: You put somebody into the recovery position to help them breathe when they are unconscious.
the scene.
2 If the scene isn't safe, call
3 If the scene is safe, check if the person is
4 If the person is unconscious, check that they are
5 If they aren't breathing, open their 6 If they are breathing, put the person in the position.
7 Call 999 for an
4 SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Prepare and act out the following situation:
Student A: You are at the scene in 1. Call 999.
Student B: Answer your partner's 999 call. Ask the questions in the text.
The simple answer is accidents happen, and they happen quite often. Three million people a year go to hospitals because of accidents and injuries. Knowing first aid can help you to help somebody, maybe somebody close to you. Perhaps even in a life and death situation.
Imagine this. You see an accident. Part of a building collapses. One builder is lying on the ground. Another is having problems walking. Meanwhile, something hit a young woman and she is shouting that she has broken her arm. Her baby is crying in its pushchair. In this scene, who do you n e
The answer is you. Everybody at the moment depends on you. You need to stay calm. And you need to check the dangers. If there is a danger, call 999 immediately.
Look again at the picture in 1. Before you help the boy, you need to look for other dangers. If you hurt yourself, you can't help anybody.
So, assess the dangers of helping. If you think it's OK to help, what do you do next? Firstly, see if the person is conscious. Can they hear you when you ask them a question? Do they respond when you gently shake their shoulder? If they don't answer or respond, shout for help.
position. Try to put them in order.
1 Pull the knee towards you, keeping the person's d
Step 2: Step 3: hand pressed against their cheek and position the leg at a right angle.
Step 4: Step 5:
FIRST AID?
Then open their airway to check that they are breathing. If they are breathing, put the person in the recovery position. Call 999 in the UK, or 911 in the US, to ask for an ambulance.
When you call 999, be prepared for the following questions:
* Which seruice do you require? (you say 'Ambulance', they will say 'Connecting you now')
What's your name?
What number are you callirlg from?
ren't sure describe anything special around you.) What has happened?
How many people aye hurt?
Is anyone unconscious?
Has anyone stopped breathing?
Is anyone bleeding?
Are there any other dangers around?
These are only the first things you need to know. But with just these basics, perhaps you can save somebody's life.
2 Make sure that the airway remains open by gently moving the head back and lifting the chin.
3 Place the arm near you at a right angle.
4 Move the other arm, with the back of their hand against their cheek.
5 Take the knee furthest from you and pull it up until the foot is flat on the floor.
7 IL!lStÉNlNCl 25 Watch or listen to a teenager explaining how to put somebody in the recovery position. Listen and check your answers in 5 and 6.
8 Answer these questions with information from the video/listening.
1 Is it a good idea to put somebody who has had a bad fall in the recovery position?
2 Is it important to open a patient's airway before or after putting them in the recovery position?
LIFE TASK
You want to explain to people how to put a person in the recovery position.
Follow this plan:
1 Look again carefully at all the information about first aid on pages 48 and 49.
2 Write a quiz to check that people understand and remember the information. Write six questions and use these different question types:
• True-False questions
• Choose the correct alternative
• Questions about pictures
• Comprehension questions
• Your own ideas
3 When you finish, give your questions to other students. Can they answer correctly?
1b Choose the correct alternative.
1 SPEAKING Work with a partner and answer
1 We use yet in affirmative/negative sentences and these questions.
questions.
1 What can you see in the photo(s)? 2 Yet usually goes at the end of the sentence, but already 2 Do you think actors generally do their own and just usually go after/before the past participle. action scenes?
|
|
54 |
|
|
3 Do you think actors often injure themselves?
2 What do you think has just happened in these photos?
I've already done my history homework. find out details of their experiences.
a b
3b Change your sentences into questions to ask your partner.
Have you done your history homework yet?
3c SPEAKING Interview your partner with your questions.
Present perfect and past simple
4 Look at this part of a dialogue and then answer questions 1—4.
Interviewer: Has he ever had a really serious accident?
Expert: Yes, he has.
Interviewer: What happened?
Expert: It was in 1986. He fell several metres and hit his head on a rock.
1 Is the presenter's first question in the past simple or the present perfect?
2 Does the question ask about general experience or a specific moment in the past?
3 Is the presenter's second question in the past simple or the present perfect?
4
Does the question ask about general experience or a specific moment in the past?
5 Complete the dialogue with the present perfect or past simple form of the verbs given.
Alan: (a) you ever
(break) your leg?
Dave: Yes , Two years ago
(fall) off your bike last week?
Alan: No, I (i)Last week was riding a horse and I (j)
(fall) off!
a,
1 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Look at these photos. What is the connection between them?
STENING 27 Listen to a boy describing one of the photos. Which photo is he describing?
2b 27 Listen again. Which of these questions does the boy answer? Tick (I) them.
1 Where are the people?
2 What type of peopEe are they?
3 What are the people doing?
|
SPEAKING BANK |
|
• • • |
Useful expressions for filling the conversation Errr . The thing is . I'm not (really/totally/completely) sure but Maybe You know . I think . I imagine that |
4 What are they wearing?
5 What things or objects are in the picture?
6 What has just happened before the scene?
7 When is the scene taking place (morning, night, summer, winter, etc.)?
8 Have you ever been in a situation like the one in the picture? When? What happened?
9 What do you think about the picture?
3 SPEAKING, Compare answers with your partner. Do you remember what information the boy gives? Together, practise describing the same photo.
4 27 Fillers are words or sounds which give you time to think without stopping the conversation. Listen to the boy again. Look at the Speaking bank and tick the fillers
he uses. PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
one of the photos, from 2b and the help you. on this page. in a situation like the When? What happened? about the picture? |
|
KS-Worlewitfropartnerc-Ta turns to describe using the questions Speaking bank to
Choose one of the photos Describe the photo. Have you ever been one in the picture? What do you think
Unit 4
Read these three notes and messages. Write one sentence to explain the situation in each one.
a
Yum ,
"y friend Phillip ha-s hæd cn cc-ciden+. He fell ana hur+ his knee when we were plæying gaske%c/l c+ school. The sporfs -teacher +00k him +0
Andrew s Hospi+æl. l i ve gone +0 see him. Can you come pick me up *here If-her work? Kafe xxx
PS Can you grim} him some mæyzines, (ßæske%æll Gian+s or some-thing? Phil's re-Illy gored.
b
I waotted +0 ask you if could borrow our Laptop 014 wereot) here. meed i to write up project school. I)ve if +0 school buf provwise I'LL LOOK after if. You doot)+ vwi«d) do 0M? After nLL, float 'S wha+
c |
bro hers are -for! I'LL brim |
if |
|
back asap. |
|
||
|
ums sorrg to 121 @ I |
-bhæt |
|
|
told me. know |
dcn t |
|
|
visits It the moment) so |
m send.LYL% tRLs |
|
|
som o s. |
you |
cæt them. t worrg æbcut mætns, phgsLos,
etc. ve -notes for
1 BLvc tRcm to 5k sec 301k.
scm.
WRITING BANK |
|
Useful expressions in notes and messages In notes and messages it is normal to begin simply with the name of the person we are writing to. We often use abbreviations like PS or to keep messages short. We use expressions like I was really when we are writing about bad news, or Congratulations! when you are happy for somebody. We use the expression to say we want somebody to recover from an illness or accident quickly. |
3 Match the abbreviations and their meanings.
as soon as possible
here is some additional information to
2 my letter or note (Latin: post scriptum) for example (Latin: exempli gratia) 3 and other things of the same type (Latin: etcetera)
4 asap
Please pay special attention
5 (Latin: Nota Bene)
that is, this is exactly what I mean
6 (Latin: id est)
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
Look at the task and write the message. Use the expressions from the Writing bank and the abbreviations from 3.
You've just gone to visit your friend at his home because he hasn't been at school for two days. He's just gone out to see the doctor. You don't have your mobile phone so leave him a message. Include this information.
find out how he is find out what he has done in the last two days tell him what you've done at school tell him some news about one or two of your friends.
WRITING BANK PAGE 150
Give your message to your partner. Write a reply to your partner's message.
EXAM SUCCESS
Look at the instructions for the writing task in 4. Can you write in any way you like? Is the style (formal or
informal) important?
EXAM SUCCESS page 144
4
Present perfect
FORM
Affirmative |
subject + have has past participle. She has taken her medicine. |
Negative |
subject + havenå/fasnft + past participle We haven't seen the doctor. |
Question |
have/has + subject + past participle Have you been to the hospital? |
Short answers |
Yes, subject + has/have. No, subject + hasn't/haven't. |
Yes, I have. No, they haven't.
USE
We use the present perfect to talk about:
an experience in someone's lifetime, without saying the exact time when the event occurred. When it happened is not important. I've broken my ley twice.
recent events which have a result in the present. She's Lost her textbook. (= She hasn't got her textbook now.) actions or situations that began in the past but continue in the present.
Helen's been a doctor fir ten years. (= Helen started to work as a doctor ten years ago and she is still a doctor now.)
Ever, never, for, since, just, already, yet We can use ever in questions with the present perfect.
It means l at any time in your life'.
Have you ever appeared in a film?
Ever comes just before the past participle.
Present perfect and past simple
USE
The present perfect describes actions in the past but without saying the specific moment when they happened I've won a prize.
We can use never in negative sentences in the present perfect. It means 'at no time in your life'. I've never met a favvtous person.
Never comes just after the first verb. For and since are used when the present perfect is describing actions or situations that began in the past and continue in the present. We use for with periods of time and since with moments in time. With this use of the present perfect we use the question 'How long . How long have you had those glasses?
I've had them fir three months/$inceJanuary.
For and since go just before the time expression. We use just with the present perfect to emphasise the fact that something happened very recently. We've just had lunch. (= We finished our lunch only a few moments ago.)
Just goes after the first verb. We use already to talk about something that has happened earlier than we expected.
I don't have any homework to do. I've already done it,
Already usually goes just after the first verb, or at the end of the sentence for emphasis. We use yet to ask if something we expect has happened, or to say that it hasn't. It is used in questions or negative sentences.
Have you tidied your bedroom yet? I haven't had dinner yet.
Yet usually goes at the end of a sentence or clause.
Vocabulary 1 Parts of the body ankle • arm • back • cheek • chest • chin • ear • elbow • face • finger • foot • forehead • heck • nn«e • toe • wrist 2 Health problems and illnesses ache • broken • cold • cough • earache • flu • headache • hurt • sore • stomach ache • temperature • virus 3 Compound nouns connected with health and medicine first aid • food poisoning • health centre heart attack • painkiller • waiting room 4 Other words and phrases page 138 onli |
If we say the specific moment in the past when something happened we must use the past simple. I wow a prize last year.
Present perfect (ever, never, for, since) / 7 points
1 Choose the correct alternative.
1 Matt and I have took/taken a lot of photos.
2 Has/Have you and Jack started the project?
3 They've been friends for/since they were kids.
4 Have you eaten ever/ever eaten Indian food?
5 My friend and I have ever/never been to Scotland.
6 We haven't had an English test for/since ages. 7 How long/much time have you known Sam?
/ 6 points
3 Are these sentences correct? Correct them if necessary.
1 Danny has been to Bulgaria last year.
2 Have you seen the Eiffel Tower when you were in
Paris?
3 Did your sister ever ride a horse?
4 I've seen this film twice.
5 My brother's 18. He went to the US three times.
6 Did you speak to the teacher yesterday?
Present perfect (already, yet, just)
2 Lily has to do jobs around the house. Look at her list of jobs and write sentences in the present perfect with already, yet, and just for the things she has and hasn't done. Remember! We use just for things done a short time ago.
• wash the dLshes V— two rnwutes ago !
• buy the bread tal<e the rubbish out X
• ring Mum at worl< X
• mal<e the beds — a minute ago!
• rnal<e something for dinner
1
2
3
4
5
6
/ 7 points |
|
/ 8 points |
PARTS OF THE BODYHEALTH PROBLEMS AND ILLNESSES
1 Name the parts of the body. 2 Look at the pictures and identify the health problems.
1
2
1 2 3
3
4
5 6 7
5 My neighbour is a doctor at the centre down the road.
6 Quickly! Get a doctor. I think this man is having a heart
Total: / 40 points
these questions. each question in 1 articles.
1 What do you think is good advice for somebody 1 2 3 with a stomach virus?
|
|
TIP FOR READING EXAMS |
|
In matching activities, remember Read all the text once quickly to get a general understanding. Then read the information that you need to find. Look for the section of the text where you think this information appears and look at it again in more detail. EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
2 How do you think speaking different languages can be good for your health?
3 Do you sometimes feel sick when you travel by car, plane or ship?
A Health matters: This week's news
Have you ever been on a unusual thing about her boat or a ship? If you have, illness is that she only you probably know about feels OK when she is seasickness, that terrible moving in a car, boat or c feeling caused by going up aeroplane. It's difficult for BEING BILINGUAL IS GOOD FOR YOUR BRAIN
and down non-stop on the Mrs Houghton to work A recent study says sea. But imagine feeling because when she sits at that speaking two seasick when you're not at her computer she feels languages can help sea. Mrs Jane Houghton terrible. Mrs Houghton 01 has been seasick since has created a website with mentally active. 2001. She was at sea for information about her Dr Ellen Bialystok three days. When she got illness. She wants people and her team off the boat, she started to know about it. Perhaps of scientists at to feel seasick and she one day doctors will be York University has never recovered. One able to help here in Canada did
experiments with
104 people between the ages of 30 and 88. They came to the conclusion that
A large number of people paracetamol, drink help to think old quickly.people have a stomach virus lots of water and, called norovirus at the most importantly, that CalifL Half of the people who did the tests came from moment. This virus can they wash their hands Comm. Canada and only spoke English. fie other half cause stomach ache, regularly The Health est-rap•lions of came from India and could speak English and high temperatures and Protection Agency has cials.startec a language called Tamil. The scientists tested pains in your arms and said that this year there The vocabulaty skills and maths ability They also legs. Doctors have told are twice as many people clan maltyinto checked how fast they did the tests. The ones patients to stay at home with the virus as last lo's offi• who could speak two languages did the exercises for two days after the year There are between Delp quickly and well. The people who spoke only one illness has gone. They 600,000 and one million ers ing arD language weren't so good. The British Alzheimer*s are also recommending cases of norovirus in the theas "1 Society was very interested in the discoveries. UK each yean dress
3 Which article ...
1 illness which is very bad 6
f me icine?
2
talks about the usual number of people
3 recommends taking a type of drug? 4 mentions one person with problems at work? 5 talks about quick answers to questions? |
who suffer a specific illness? 8 talks about an unusual illness? 9 mentions personal hygiene? |
4 SPEAKING, What about you?
How serious do you think the different illnesses mentioned in the text are? Why?
3-4
TIP FOR USE OF ENGLISH |
|
TIP FOR WRITING EXAMS |
|
||
|
In multiple-choice cloze activities, remember Read the complete text first without thinking about the gaps. This helps you to get a general understanding of the text. EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
|
In writing exams, remember Include all the information in the instructions or you wilWose marks. And don't forget to write in the correct style (formal or informal). > EXAM SUCCESS page 144 |
||
5 Read about acupuncture. Choose the best answer 7 You are staying with an English teenager
(A, B, C or D) to complete the text. called Joe. You haven't got a mobile phone.
This afternoon you are at home alone but you In China they've used acupuncture for thousands need to go out to the chemist's to buy some and thousands of years. But now a school in England medicine and then take it to a friend. Leave Joe
1 just started to use it with their students. Stanchester Community School is the school (2) they have begun this project. At this school they have a teacher who has spent time living in China studying acupuncture with Chinese experts.
This teacher has (3) acupuncture to a small group of students at the school (4) September. A very common problem that the students have is stress, usually stress caused by exams or homeworl<. People (5) suffer from stress often have headaches, bacl<ache or stomach ache. The students all say that the treatment has (6) helped them a lot. In fact, many of the students say that they've started to sleep really well. Luckily they haven't started sleeping in class (7) .1
1 A has B is C have D was
2 A that B who C where D which
3 A give B gave C gives D given
4 A since B for C at D on
5 B who C when D what
6 yet B for C at D already
7 yet ever D in
TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS
In speaking exams, remember .
It's important to know what the examiners want to hear. Find out how many marks there are and what ou need to do to eta ood mark.
EXAM SUCCESS page 144
6 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Student A: Look at photo A on page 147. Student B: Look at photo B on page 148. Take it in turns to talk about your
a message. Include this information.
• Explain where you have gone and why.
• Say who is ill.
• Give the address of the person who is ill and their telephone number.
• Ask Joe to ring you there when he gets home.
'CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 3-4 CEF
1 How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark from 1 to 4.
1 = I can do it very well.
2 = I can do it quite well.
3 = I have some problems. I can't do it.
a I can talk about different quantities.
b I can understand written and spoken texts about different languages.
c I can make negative adjectives by using prefixes.
d I can ask for information about language courses and check that I have understood.
e I can write a text about my experiences of learning a language.
f I can report general and recent experiences in the past using the present perfect.
g I can talk about activities which continue up to now using the present perfect with for and since.
h I can discuss health problems and illnesses.
I can describe scenes in photos and pictures using fillers.
j I can write basic notes and messages 4
2 Now decide what you need to do to improve.
photos using the questions below. 1 Lool< again at my bool</notes. 1 Where are the people and what are they doing? 2 Do more practice exercises. 2 Who are the people and what are they wearing? WORKBOOK Units 3 and 4 3 What else can you see? 3 Ask for help. 4 How do you prefer to learn a language? 4 Other:
3-4
3a PRONUNCIATION Where does the stress come in each noun or compound noun in 1? a'dvert cartoon
3b 28 Listen, check and repeat.
4 SPEAKING Look at the words in bold in these questions. Check that you understand theme Then use the questions to interview your partner.
1 Do you ever watch any live programmes? What type?
2 What is your favourite series?
3 What channel is it on?
4 Who is your favourite TV presenter?
5 Who usually turns the TV on in your house?
6 What time do you usually switch the TV off?
6
7
Match some of the words in 5 with these sentences. 1 when something gives a lot of information info rmative
2 when something makes you feel frightened
3 when something is very bad 4 when many people like something
5 when something makes you laugh
6 when something makes you feel very emotional
LISTENING 29 Listen and decide what type of TV programmes these five people are talking about,
14
25
7 Who is in charge of the remote control in your 3
house?
5 Look at these adjectives. Do they have a positive meaning (+) or a negative meaning (—)?
awful • boring • cool • exciting ' funny informative interesting • moving popular ' scary
8a Think of things or people for each adjective in 5 and make a note of them.
exciting — superheroJfbw, livefootball
8b SPEAKING Work with a partner and compare ideas.
|
|
I
Comedy u u.re— Drama Entertainment Soort LITestvie Culture Television & radio Blog TV listings News Reviews Message board SLOOOOOOOOOW TV It's Friday night. What would you like to watch on TV? How about a reality show to find the best singer in the country? Or the funniest comedy programme on TV? Or how about watching a complete seven-and-a-half hour train journey from Oslo to Bergen in Norway? One Friday night in 2009, against all predictions, a million people in Norway (20% of the population) decided to watch the programme about the longest in the country! This programme was the start of a new phenomenon called 'Slow TV'. 08 12 'It was the 100th anniversary of this route and we'd planned a couple Hours. Hours of documentaries,' says Rune Møklebust, head of programming at the Norwegian public TV channel (NRK). 'Then someone said O Watch Now O Watch Now 'why not film the whole trip?'. We thought it would be something completely new ... and _cbgap'. The programme went out at the So why is Slow TV so popular? Life is faster and more str_essfyl same time as The X Factor and a popular comedy programme. It than in the past. For many people, Slow TV is more relaxing than was the most popular programme that night. Many people said modern programmes where the pictures and sounds change they only planned to watch for a few minutes, but they _up rapidly. Also, more and more people live in big cities. Maybe Slow watching for hours and hours. TV helps them to feel in contact with nature again. After all, this is Some Slow TV programmes are longer and slower than that first real 'reality TV', with no eßiting, not like the programmes they call programme. There has been a nine-hour programme which showed 'reality shows'. the process of getting the _WQQJ from a sheep and turning it into a Slow TV is getting bigger and bigger. And it isn't only Norwegians jumper. There has also been a 12-hour programme showing a wood who are interested in it. A US company has started to show the fire And an 18-hour programme showing somebody fishing programmes on over 100 channels. 1 .1 million Americans watched (it took four hours to catch the first fish!). The longest programme the famous seven-and-a-half-hour train programme. But some
Many people went to the coast to appear in the programme. 3.2 1963. It was called Sleep. In the film, a poet called John Giorno million people watched it. That's more than half the country! sleeps for six hours!
|
3 Choose the best answers.
1 When a lot of people watched the train programme in 2009, it was .
a because there was nothing good on the other channels.
b a surprise.
c because Norwegians are interested in their
4 Answer these questions.
1 Why did Rune Møklebust and his team decide to make their first long programme?
2
What reasons can explain the popularity of Slow TV? 3 What are the similarities between the film Sleep and Slow TV?
c plan to make a long programme of the train
journey. 6 What do the underlined words in the text mean?
3 In Norway .Guess and then check in your dictionary. a there are approximately 5 million people.
b people generally live on the coast. 7SPEAKING' What about you?
c they are only really interested in nature Would you like to watch any of the Slow TV shows programmes. mentioned in the text? Why/Why not?
59
in presentation video.
Com letethesesentences with •the
-Comparatives-andsuperlativ comparative form of the adjectives given
la Look at the comparative and superlative form of and than. these adjectives. are 1 Cookery programmes
Adjective Comparative Superlative documentaries.
longer the longest (interesting) bigger the biggest 2 Adverts can sometimes be
funnier the funniest the programmes.
4 popular more popular the most popular (good)
5 good better the best 3 Reality shows are
Now match the adjectives with the correct rule. chat shows. (bad) a adjectives with two syllables or more, 4 Watching films at the cinema is
use more/most + the adjective 4 watching them on
TV. (exciting) b one-syllable adjectives which end in one vowel
5 Ben Stiller is + one consonant, double the last consonant
and add er Smith. (funny)
c two-syllable adjectives ending in y, omit y and 3b Work with a partner. Which of the add ier sentences in 3a do you agree with?
d one-syllable adjectives, add er
4 Check that you understand the words e irregular adjectives have no set rule in the box. They are words which we frequently use with comparative
1b Use the rules in la to write the comparative and adjectives to modify them. Then choose superlative form of these adjectives. the correct alternative.
a bit • a lot • far • much • slightly
3 boring 1 Watching TV is far/a bit more popular as a hobby than writing poetry.
4 short 2 Jack Black (1m 68cm) is much/sli htl taller than Daniel Radcliffe (1 m 65cm).
3 For most people, watching football on TV is lc Complete the sentences with the correct words. a lot/a bit more exciting than watching yoga.
1 The new series is more popular the old one. 4 The programme lasted 60 minutes. It was far/a bit longer than normal, because it 2 It's the most popular series the US at the usually lasts 55 minutes.
moment.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE |
PAGE 68 |
|
|
5 SPEAKING: Complete the sentences with a logical opinion. Then work with a partner
|
and compare your sentences. |
2a {PRONUNCIATION 30 Look at these sentences and listen. Then answer questions 1—3. |
1 Slow IV programmes are a lot longer |
than nørmaL IV programmer a Films are longer than game shows
b Books are more Interesting than films. 2a lot younger than
d |
Soaps are more popular than reading. |
3 |
slightly more |
|
1 |
Which colour represents the stress in the sentences: |
|
popular than |
|
|
red or blue? |
4 |
|
far funnier than |
c This programme was better than that one.
2 Which types of word receive the stress: nouns, main or auxiliary verbs, adjectives or articles?
5much more 3 What sound does the other colour represent?
informative than
2b 0 30 Listen again and repeat the sentences. 6a bit scarier than
5
the world. He started singing in a boy band and 1 Choose the correct alternative in the he looked very different. Look at him in these two examples and the rule. photos. Make notes comparing his appearance. Use the words in the box for ideas. 1 When a film is exciting/excited, we feel exciting/excited.
attractive • bad • dark • funny • good • curly old • serious short • strong • young |
long |
2 When a documentary is interesting/interested, you feel interesting/interested.
To describe how somebody feels, we use the
-ing/-ed ending.
6b SPEAKING} Work with a partner. Take it in turns to compare the two photos.
boring • confusing • disappointing embarrassed • exciting ' frightened interesting • moving • relaxed surprised • tired |
2 Write the -ing or -ed forms of the words in the box. Check that you understand the words.
3 Complete the sentences with the -ing or -ed form of the words given.
(surprise) to hear that they've stopped the series.
2 It was so (embarrass) when the presenter forgot what to say.
3 That new game show is really
He's older in photo b (confuse). I don't know what they have to do.
4 That film made me feel really emotional. I was
Yes, and his hair is much darker.
|
5 |
The directors of the new show were very |
éc •SPEAKINB Talk about you. Have you changed since you |
|
(disappoint) because not many |
were seven? |
|
people watched it. |
7 Complete the questions with the superlative form of |
6 |
Some people thinl< that classical music is |
the adjectives given. |
|
(bore) |
(move)
1 What is the mast interesting (interesting) way to |
7 I thinl< classical music is really |
spend free time in your opinion? |
(relax). |
2 What is (difficult) day of the |
4a Look at these things. Then make notes with |
week for you? |
your opinions of them. |
(funny) person in
you know? exams — tiring, makz me feel frightened
5 What is (good) part of your day?
4b SPEAKING', Compare your ideas with a partner.
think exams really tiring. |
Yes, and they sometimes make me a bit frightened. |
8a SPUKING Interview different people in the class using the questions in 7. I
are
8b SPEÅKIN$ Tell the class some interesting answers that people gave you.
Lucy thinks Sunday is the most difficult day of the week!
5 61
Thinking LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES To think about the consequences of wanting to be famous. To consider different opinions and attitudes to fame. To give advice to somebody who wants to become famous. |
about KEY CONCEPTS celebrity [n]: (1) A lot of celebrities stay at this hotel. (2) Some famous actors don't really enjoy their celebrity and don't want to be recognised. qualifications [n]: He didn't do any exams and left school with no qualifications. miss/cut class [phrase]: Did he miss class because he was ill or did he just cut class because he didn't want to come? bright [adj]: She's a very bright student. She understands new |
1 |
SPEAKING Work with a partner and discuss these questions. |
3 Read the text again and answer these questions. |
|
|
|
1 |
What does Murat Ucar want to be famous for? |
|
1 Do you have an ambition in life? If so, what is it? |
2 |
In the documentary, where does Murat go instead of going to school? |
|
2 Would you like to be famous one day? Why/Why not? |
3 |
How easy is it to become famous thanks to a reality show? |
|
3 If you would like to be famous, what |
4 |
What two reasons do most 16 to 1 9-year-olds give for to be famous? |
|
would you like to be famous for? |
|
wanting |
|
|
5 |
What is the problem with some of the celebrities that young |
2 |
READING Read the text quickly and write |
|
people admire? |
|
one or two sentences to summarise |
6 |
What do we know about Michelle Obama when she was at |
|
what you think the message of the |
|
school? |
concepts very quickly.
text is.
/just want to BE
urat Ucar is a bright 16-year-oldfrom
Tottenham, London, but he isn't doing very well at school. His teachers are worried because he doesn't go to many classes. Murat isn't worried because he believes that one day he will be famous. He doesn't mind if he becomes a famous model, actor or singer. The important thing is to be famous.
-
Murat appears in a documentary about young people today. In the documentary, we see Murat miss school for two weeks. Instead of going to school, he goes to Turkey to have an operation on his nose. After the operation, he tries to appear on The X Factor, to join a modelling agency and then a theatre company. He isn't the only student like this in the UK. A survey says that more than one in ten young le-would4eave school to try to be famous. Sixteen percent of teenagers think that they can become famous one day by appearing in a reality show. In fact, the chances of becoming famous through a reality show are 30 million to one, worse than the chances of winning the lottery. Most of the 16- to 19-year-olds in the survey said that they want to be famous to have money and feel successful. Nineteen percent of the 777 young people who answered said fame was a way to 'let everyone know who |
they were'. Seven percent said it would 'make them appear more attractive'. But experts say that the important thing is to do something because you enjoy it, not because you want to become a celebrity. Young people need inspiration. Some teachers are worried because today's students admire celebrities with money but no qualifications. Some students now believe that they don't need to study because they can make lots of money by becoming famous. Luckily, some famous people are trying to correct this idea. Michelle Obama visited a secondary school in London on one visit to the UK. She told the students about her own school days. 'l never cut class. I liked being smart. I loved being on time. I thought being smart was cooler than anything in the world.' Studying hard can lead to future success. Dreaming of fame is just that — dreams. |
FAMOUS!
eoööö' ööö>
from the text on page 62. Complete them with teenagers talking about fame. Is fame the correct word(s). important for them? What do they want to do in life?
16% of teenagers think that they can become
famous one day by appearing in a |
Molly: Yes/No |
Wants to be: |
2 7% said fame would 'make them appear more |
Kieran: Yes/No |
Wants to be: |
|
George: Yes/No |
Wants to be: |
to do |
Amelia: Yes/No |
Wants to be: |
3 Experts say that the important thing is
|
something because you doing it, not |
6a 31 Watch or listen again. What do you think of |
|
|||
|
because you want to become a |
each person's attitude to fame? Do you think it |
|
|||
|
4 Young people admire celebrities who have |
is a sensible attitude or not? Why? |
|
|||
|
but no |
6b Work in a small group and compare your ideas. |
|
|||
|
5 Some students now believe that they don't need to because they can make lots of |
Give reasons. |
|
|||
|
money by becoming famous. |
7 Read about Eddie. What do you think about his plans for the future? |
|
|||
4b What is your opinion of the statements? Do you agree/disagree/think they are |
|
|
|
|||
surprising, scary |
|
I like school and I get good marks, but I |
|
|||
4c SPEAKING Discuss your opinions as a class. |
|
love playing football. |
|
|||
Do you have similar opinions? Why/Why not? |
|
I play four times a week and Id love to be a professional. You don 't need exams |
|
|||
|
|
and qualifications — they're not important. All you need is skill. Footballers get loads of money and have a great lifestyle. |
L. |
|||
|
Eddie |
Everyone knows who you are when you are a footballer. / know I want to leave school |
|
|||
before my final exams, but I don't really know how to become a professional footballer,
LIFE TASK
You want to prepare a video message or write an email to tell Eddie what you think about his plans. Work in a group.
Follow this plan:
1 Say hello.
2 Give constructive comments about his idea to become a football player.
3 Give opinions and suggestions about his idea to leave school before doing his exams.
4 Make any other suggestions and comments that can help him.
less than, (not) as
mericåi€TVshows?Which-ones ?-Wha do you think of them?
2 {LISTENING} 0 32 Listen to a radio programme. The people are calling to say what they think of TV in the UK and what type of programmes they usually watch. Match the speakers and their answer. There are two options you don't need.
a game shows d they don't watch TV b sports programmes e documentaries c drama series f comedy programmes
1
Olivia 2
EXAM SUCCESS |
|
In the next activity you need to identify the statements that a speaker makes. Do you think the speaker will say exactly the same words as in the statements you read? EXAM SUCCESS page 145 |
4
3 32 Listen again. Which speaker ...
1 thinks having lots of different channels isn't always a good thing?
2 finds that TV makes it difficult for them to communicate with others?
3 thinks TV today is the same as always?
7 wants people to be more active? 8 thinks Americans make more exciting programmes.
4 (SPEAKING} What about you?
In general, what do you think of TV in your country?
2
3
la Look at these sentences.
1 British TV is as good as TV in the US. 2 British series aren't as good as American series.
3 Their programmes are less informative than ours.
1 b Are these statements true or false? 1 We use as ... as to say that two things, people or situations are similar.
2 Not as ... as and less ... than have a similar meaning.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 68 |
3 Not as ... as and less .. . than are the opposite of more ... than.
Rewrite these sentences but keep the same meaning. Use as ... as, not as ... as, less ... than. Use each expression twice.
1 American TV series are more violent than European series.
European series arew't as violent as Amen-can
2 Soaps are interesting, but game shows are equally exciting.
3 Computer games are more popular with today's teenagers than TV programmes.
4 Football programmes on TV are exciting. Football programmes on the radio are equally exciting.
Football programmes on the radio
5
6
SPEAKING; Work with a panner. Do you agree with the opinions in 2?
do you think about the first sentence? |
What
agree. I think American series are often very violent. |
Unit 5
4a Look at the sentences. adjective given.
3
4
4b Match the first and second halves of the rules. (easy). Everybody always wins.
a to say a person, thing or situation 3 This cartoon
1 We use too is insufficient. (original). It's exactly the same as all the b to say a person, thing or situation others. not ... enough is sufficient.
4 Owen needs to improve. He
3 We use enough c to say a person, thing or situation is excessive.(good) to be in the first team.
1 Does too come before or after the adjective? Can you open the window?
2 Does enough come before or after the adjective?
6 I can't understand this film. The story
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 68 |
3 Does enough come before or after the noun?
(confusing)!
7 That horror film was awful. It
as • as • enough • not serious than • too • young |
(scary). I was so 5 Complete the text with the words in the box.
bored I fell asleep!
Doctor Who is a worldfamous science-fiction drama series made by the BBC. It's a British series, but it's as popular (a) many big American series. In most episodes there are scary moments. But the writers need
to be careful. It can't be (b)frightening because it's a series for children. The great thing about the series is that children love it but it's exciting (c)for adults to enjoy, too. Doctor Who travels in space and in time. He travels in a blue police telephone box called the TARDIS. From the outside, it seems that
space for two or three people to be
the TARDIS. But, luckily, the inside o the TARDI isn't
small as the outside. In fact, it's enormous! The series is already over 50 years old! Twelve actors have played the Doctor so far. Some of the actors have been less successful
others. But one of the most popular was Matt Smith.
At first, some people thought he was too (g)to be
Doctor Who, because he was only 26. And some people thought he wasn't (h)enough because he was always saying funny
things. But he was such a great Doctor that, in the end, some people
7a Look at the questions. Make notes with ideas. Use the adjectives in the box with too and enough.
clever • fast • fit • good • healthy • lazy long • old • serious • short • slow • young
1 Could you be a newsreader on national TV at the moment?
2 Could you win a gold medal running 100
3 Could you win a Nobel Prize next yew?
7b *AKINB Tell your partner your answers.
We aren't old enough to read the news.
And my hair's too long! The men who read the news always have short hair!
cried when he left the series!
rogramm m-l-an
SPEAKIN$ Work with a partner. Imagine these programmes are on TV tonight. Which one(s) would you like to watch? Why?
|
8.00 8.30 9.00 9.30 10.00 10.30 |
PICK Earthwatch David Kent explores the wonders of the Amazon rainforest. |
You're Nicked! An insight into the life of Britain's police force. |
Who Wants to be Incredibly Rich? James Kay hosts the big money quiz. |
|
|
|||||
|
space 21 12 First in a spectacular new Sci-Fi drama series. |
Catastrophes Experts predict how the world will end. |
Food Nation Three chefs remain in the competition and there's another event to cook for. |
||
|
|||||
|
News |
FILM Three's a Crowd (2009) A young woman's life is turned upside down when her motherinqavv moves into the marital home |
PICK Patterson's People Interviews with the rich and famous. |
||
|
|||||
Sports Roundup Highlights from this afternoon's match between Liverpool and Barcelona. |
2a LISTENING 33 Listen to two friends deciding what to watch on TV tonight.
1 Tick (V) the types of TV programme you hear.
2 Put two ticks (VV) for the programme they decide to watch.
chat show |
comedy |
drama series |
documentary |
game show |
cookery programme |
2b What do the two girls think about different types of programme?
1 drama 3 documentaries
2 science fiction 4 cookery programmes
3 33 Listen to the dialogue again. Tick (V) the expressions that you hear.
SPEAKING BANK
Making suggestions
Shall we (do something)?
Why don't we (do something)? Let's (do something).
How about (doing something)?
Responding to suggestions
• Great! Good idea.
• OK. • Me too./Me neither. Fine. Yes, but .
Yes, let's ... I'm not sure. I l<now what you mean, but .
Shall we watch the cool<ery programme?
I'm not sure. I don't think it's very exciting. What about .
5 Look at these different ways of spending the evening. Work with a partner. Think of good and bad things about each activity.
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
6 SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Do this role-play using your ideas from 5 and the Speaking bank to help you.
You and your partner want to spend the evening together.
• Suggest an activity and explain why you think it is a ood idea.
• Listen to your partner's suggestion and explain why you don't want to do this activity.
• Talk about different activities until you come to a decision about what to do.
EXAM SUCCESS
In this type of activity, what can you do if you can't
No, I prefer . think of anything to say?
But what about . EXAM SUCCESS page 145
Units.
rttergive .
1 Read this review of a British TV programme. Do you know the programme? If so, do you like it? If not, would you like to see it? Why/Why not?
Today Sun Mon Tue Review
The Voice I Saturday 7 pm
My favourite programme is The Voice. It's on BBCI . It's on Saturdays at about 7 0'clock in the evening and they repeat the programme on BBC3 on Sundays,
In The Voice, four famous singers listen to members of the public sing, Each star decides if they like the person's voice and if they want the person to be part of their team. Then the teams compete to see who has the best voice.
Personally, I love this programme because love music and
I also like game shows and reality shows. In my opinion,
The Voice is really cool because the stars can't see the person who is singing. They can only listen. I think that's much fairer than on other singing shows where they choose the winners because of their appearance, not because of their voice.
I would recommend The Voice to anybody who likes pop music and reality shows. As far as I'm concerned, it's the best combination of those two types of programme that ever seen.
2a In which paragraphs does the information come?
ragrap
Paragraph 2: Paragraph 3:
Paragraph 4:
title, channel, time and day why the writer likes the programme a recommendation to watch/not to watch the 1 Title: The Voice 2 Channel:
3 Day and time it's on:
4 Description of the programme:
5 Reasons why the writer likes it:
3 Read the review again and complete the expressions in the Writing bank.
'WRITING BANK
Useful expressions in a review
Personally , I love this programme
The Voice is really cool
because
that's much fairer
than .
The Voice to anybody who .
concerned, it's the
best
4a Work with a partner. Make a list of TV programmes that are popular in your country at the moment.
4b SPEÅKiKö Tell your partner your opinion of the programmes. Use the expressions in the Writing bank.
5 Make notes about your favourite TV programme. Think about the information in 2a.
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
6 Look at this task and write your review. Use the paragraph plan in 2a and the expressions in the Writing bank to help you.
Write a review of your favourite TV programme. Include basic information about the programme (title,
a description of the programme reasons why you like it a recommendation (who is the programme good for?).
WRITING BANK PAGE 150
programme a description of the programme
5
less than, (not) as as
USE
Less is the opposite of more. Watching tennis is lass popular than Watching football. (= Watching football is more popular than watching tennis.) We use as ... as to say two things are the same. |
use not as ... as to say that the second person or s more ... than the first one. Watching tennis isn.'t as popular Watching football. (= Watching football is more popular than watching tennis.) |
European films are as god as American films.
too
FORM USE
The word too comes before the adjective We use too to say that something is excessive. It is not the This story is "o confusing. People can't same as very because it has a negative meaning. understand it. He's Very clever. (— positive) yes, sometimes he's too clever. (— negative)
enough, (not) enough
FORM
The word enough comes after adjectives and before We use enough to say that something is sufficient.
Comparatives and superlatives |
I In6ER |
|
|
||
FORM |
|
|
|
j USE |
|
|
Adjective |
Comparative |
Superlative |
|
We use the comparative to compare |
One syllable |
|
longer |
the longest |
|
two people, places or things. |
|
short |
shorter |
the shortest |
• |
We use the superlative to compare |
One syllable ending |
big |
bigger |
the biggest |
|
more than two people, places or things. |
in one vowel and one consonant |
fat |
fatter |
the fattest |
• |
We use than in sentences that |
Two syllables |
|
lazier |
the laziest |
|
compare two people, places or things. |
ending in -y |
funny |
funnier |
the funniest |
|
Some adverts are worse than others. |
Two or more syllables |
important boring |
more important more boring |
the most important the most boring |
|
We use the before the superlative |
Irregular |
bad |
worse |
the worst |
|
form of the adjective and we often use in. |
|
good |
|
the best |
|
|
|
far |
farther/further |
the farthest/furthest |
|
He's the I-ace-st person i" the class. |
nouns. We use not enough to say that something is He's old e..nøcgh. insufficient.
He isn.'t old enough. He's old e.nøyh to learn to drive,
I haven't got e.nøvh money. I'm Wty0öd enough to Win the competition.
1 Television advert (ad/advertisement) • cartoon • channel • chat show • comedy • cookery programme documentary • drama • film • game show • live (adj) • presenter • reality show • remote control series • soap sports programme • switch on/off • the news • turn on/off
2 Adjectives describing TV programmes awful • boring • cool • exciting • funny • informative • interesting moving • popular • scary
3 Adjectives ending in -ing and -ed bored • boring • confused • confusing • disappointed • disappointing embarrassed • embarrassing • excited • exciting • frightened • frightening • interested • interesting • moved moving • relaxed • relaxing • surprised • surprising • tired • tiring
4 Other words and phrases page 139
Unit S
Comparatives and superlatives
I Correct the mistakes in these sentences.
1 My school is more bigger than this school.
2 You look thiner than the last time I saw you.
3 Some people think that watching sport is more boring that playing it.
4 The Volga is longest river in Europe.
5 Ethan is much worst at German than Jake. 6 Do you think this exercise is the most difficult of the book?
7 That's the sillyest thing you've said today.
too, (not) enough
less than, (not) as . . . as / 6 points
2 Make true sentences using the words and as ... as, not as ... as or less than.
1 Spain/big/the US
2 A kilo of sugar/heavy/a kilo of iron
3 To become a doctor, philosophy/important/ anatomy
4 Jamie (born 2001 (born 2000)
5 l/good at maths/my best friend
6 Playing tennis/dangerous/parachuting
/ 7 points
Write sentences with too, (not) enough and the words given.
1 Why is it difficult for people to climb Mt. Everest? 5 Why can't Amy drive?
It (high) She's only 16. She (young) 2 Why can't your brother see that horror film? 6 Why can't palm trees grow in the Arctic?
My legs (strong) It's boring! It (slow) 4 Why can't you buy a sports car?
(money)
/ 6 oints |
/ 6 points |
TELEVISIONADJECTIVES ENDING IN -ING AND -ED
1 |
Name these types of TV programme. |
3 Complete the sentences with the words in the box. |
|
1 It tells you information about today's events. |
There are twelve words but only six sentences. |
disappointed • disappointing • embarrassed embarrassing • frightened • frightening • relaxed 2 They interview famous people.
relaxing • surprised • surprising • tired tiring
3 It's based on a competition. 4 It looks at facts or historical events. 5 It goes between programmes to persuade you to buy something. 6 It follows the lives of real people living in a particu ar situation. |
1 I thought I was going to get ten in the exam, but only got five. I was 2 It's to see you because I thought you were on holiday. 3 I went out with one black shoe and one brown shoe. It was really 4 I hate high places. Yesterday we went up a really big |
/ 8 points |
ADJECTIVES DESCRIBINGTV PROGRAMMEStower. I was very
2 Complete the adjectives with vowels. Is each |
5 |
The examiner was so nice. She made me feel |
word positive (+) or negative (—)? |
|
before the exam |
6 I'm very after running. I can't move my
3 c
4
SPEAKING; Work with a partner. Use words to talk about the photos.
SPEAKING; Work with a partner. Name one famous example for each of the words in the box. Use a dictionary if necessary.
beach — Copacabana
the class guess the word?
some of the words in the box.
1 when heat cannot escape from the atmosphere and the temperature on Earth goes up
2 when ice turns to water
3 a long period of time when there is no rain
4
5 the process of making the air, water or land worse, with
6 a large quantity of water that suddenly covers an area
7 the increase in the temperature on Earth
8 an accident with nuclear power, usually causing radioactivity
9 an accident when oil comes out of its container, for example at sea
Unit 6
0 35 Listen to four descriptions of environmental problems. Match each description to a photo in 50
1 2 34
7 SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Ask and answer these questions.
ow Is go a warming a ec Ing your country.
2 Where and when do you have floods or droughts in your country?
3 How do people waste water or electricity in your country?
4 What do you do to save water or electricity? 5 What products or materials do you recycle?
he-rightAaIk-about-what-you-can-—
see. What do you think is the connection between them?
1b Look at the title of the article and the photos. What could 'the most important building in the world' be and why?
2 You have three minutes to read the text and check your prediction.
3 Choose the correct alternative. Write the letter of the paragraph where you found the answer. 1 countries pay&Qdtæyto keep their seeds there.
Paragraph
2 If there is an electrical problem at the Seed
Vault, the temperature will/won't be a problem. Paragraph
3 The most important thing about the location of the Seed Vault is that it is easy to protect from attacks/the altitude will kee the seeds dr Paragraph
4 In the case of a future catastrophe, the important thing is to have a lot/wide variet of seeds.
Paragraph
5 The Svalbard Global Seed Vault has/doesn't have millions of types of seeds.
Paragraph
6 Norway built the Svalbard Global Seed Vault because of global warming/possible environmental disasters.
Paragraph
7 People believe droughts and floods miqht/will never make it difficult to find food in the future.
Paragraph
4 $CRITICAL THINKING
Think! Then compare ideas with your classe
• Do you agree that this is the most important building in the world? Why?
• What plants from your country do you portant-tQ-p
5 What do the underlined words in the text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary.
6 SPEAKING) What about you?
Are you generally optimistic or pessimistic about the future of the planet? Why?
s IS e mos I po an UI Ing In THE WORLD?
Each year, people are becoming Any country in the world more and more worried about can leave seeds in Svalbard. the future of our planet. People And the service is free There are now starting to agree are 1,500 potatoes from Peru, global warming will definitely bananas from the Pacific make a difference to the Islands, and rice from more world's weather. On the one than a hundred different hand, some parts of the world countries. The seeds of may have more floods. But some plants, such as peas, some other parts might suffer only survive for 20 to 30 terrible droughts. All of this will years. But others will last for have a serious imp_aqt: on the hundreds of years. world's agriculture. And that could make it difficult for us to The most get enough food to survive. important building?
In 2028, the Svalbard
A possible solution Vault will celebrate its 20 th This explains the idea behind anniversary 200 years in the the Svalbard Global Seed Vault. future, it's possible that the The Seed Vault is built into a ice caps will melt. Even if mountain on an island near this happens, Svalbard will the North Pole. The aim of the be safe. That's because it is building is to protect the on a mountain and will world's agriculture be above the water from future level. And because catastrophes. This it is go close to the may not just be North Pole, even a question of if their electricity global warming. stops working, the Perhaps there ice will rnaintain will be a major a cool temperature nuclear disaster of -3.5 0C to keep the or war one day. These seeds safe. But the best things definitely won't be a protection is the fact that problem for Svalbard. Thanks it is in such a remote place. to careful planning, experts say After all, maybe one day this that it is going to any will be the most important catastrophe. building in the whole world
Protecting our plants
Some experts think that the population of the earth will probably go up by 50% in the next 40 years. Because of climate change, it probably won't be easy for some plants
6 |
different types of plants will be essential for agriculture to adapt to changes in the environment. In the Svalbard Global Seed Vault, there is space for 4.5 million types of seed. That's 2.5 billion individual seeds! At the moment there are over 770,000 different types there.
egoing-tcand-w
la Look at the sentences.
a They think the population will go up by 50%.
b In 2028 the Svalbard Vault will celebrate its 20th anniversary.
c Where can I find more information?
I know! I'll look on the Internet.
d Yesterday the US decided what to do. They're going to send more seeds.
e It's warm today. The ice is going to melt.
Fli d cla r • watch presentation video.
1b Match these explanations of the use of will and be going to with example sentences a—e in la.
We use will .
1 for decisions that we take at the moment of speaking. c
2 to talk about an objective truth.
3 to make a general prediction. We often use think, hope, expect with this use.
We use be going to .
4 to make predictions based on some sort of evidence.
2a PRONUNCIATION Look at these sentences. Why do you think 5 Now write down six predictions for the some words are marked in bold? future. Write about these areas: 1 The situation is going to get worse. 1 the environment 4 fashion 2 Temperatures are going to go up. 2 TV 5 sport 3 It's going to be a hot summer. 3 politics 6 medicine 4 We're all going to have problems. I think the planet Will yet hotter. 5 1'm going to do something to help. 6 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Compare 2b PRONUNCIATION 36 Listen. What happens to the words in your plans and predictions from 4 and 5. bold? What is the pronunciation of be going to? 2c 36 Listen again and repeat. 7a Look at the sentences and give an approximate percentage of certainty for verbs given using will or be going to. 1 The population will probably go up. 3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the each expression in bold, 1 Experts expect that the ice cap 70-80% certain (disappear) one day. 2 Global warming will definitely make a difference. 2 It's only 10 am but the sun is already strong. It (be) a hot day. 3 Perhaps there will be a nuclear disaster. 3 A: I'm really hot. (open) the window. 4 It's possible that the ice caps will melt. 4 Next week (be) the anniversary of the world's worst oil spill. 5 We may have more and more floods. 5 My friends have decided they (write) a letter about the environment to the local newspaper. 6 Parts of the world might suffer droughts 6 People think that global warming (cause) tots of problems in the future. 7 It probably won't be easy. 7 A: I'm going to see a documentary about the environment. (come) with you. 8 It definitely won't be a problem 4 Write down six plans or intentions you have. Write about |
5 to talk about plans or intentions.
these areas:
1 school 4 sport/hobbies
2 home 5 family
3
7b Look at the position of the adverbs definitely and probably in 7a. What do you notice?
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 80 |
EXAM SUCCESS
You are going to do a sentence transformation Look at get in these sentences and match each one activity. Read the instructions carefully. What with the correct meaning (a—e). things are important to check when you finish an
|
activity like this? |
|
1 Summers are getting very hot. |
|||
|
EXAM SUCCESS page 145 |
|
2 I got your email yesterday. 3 Last week she got a book about pollution. |
|||
8 |
Rewrite the sentences keeping the same |
|
4 What time will you get to the meeting? |
|||
|
meaning. Use between two and five words, including the word given. |
|
5 Can you get me the pen that's on the desk? |
|||
|
1 |
It's possible that the sea level will go up in the next 50 years. may The sea level - may. YO up — in the next |
|
a arrive c become b bring d obtain or buy |
||
|
|
50 years. |
2 |
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. |
||
|
2 3 |
It's certain that parts of the earth will become deserts. definitely Some parts of the earth deserts. There's a possibility that the consequences will be catastrophic. perhaps catastrophic. |
|
What is the meaning of get in each sentence? dark • late • ready • red • thin • worse 1 You look hot. Your face is getting 2 My brother needs to eat more. He's getting 3 Come onl You need to get for school. |
||
|
4 |
It's certain life on the planet won't end in the next 20 years. definitely Life on the planet in the next 20 years. |
|
4 Scientists are very worried because they say the situation is getting 5 Look at the time! It's getting Time for bed |
||
|
5 |
It's probable that people won't change their |
|
6 I'll switch the light on. It's got very in h ere. |
||
9 |
6 |
habits. won't People habits. The situation might get worse. possible will get worse. |
3 |
What usually happens in these situations? Write sentences with get and the words in the box. |
||
|
an email with news • angry • bread home late • presents • tired |
|||||
How certain do you think these predictions |
||||||
|
are? Write sentences with the expressions in 8. |
|
1 |
Somebody is saying horrible things to you. YO"yet apyryt |
||
|
1 Summers will get hotter. 2 Polar bears will become extinct. |
|
2 |
You run for an hour or more. |
||
|
3 Cars of the future won't use petrol. 4 We will have another ice age. |
|
3 |
It's your birthday tomorrow. |
||
|
5 Natural disasters will become more commom 6 The south of Europe will become a desert |
|
4 |
You're out at 1 1 pm and there are no buses. |
||
10 Work with a partner. Compare your |
|
5 |
You're in a supermarket and you want to make a sandwich |
|||
I think summers will |
|
6 |
Your friend in the US writes to tell you about what |
|||
I think they may get definitely get hotter. hotter. I'm not sure. |
|
|
happened last week. |
4a Work with a partner. Write a story where you use get as many times as possible.
4b $PEAKiNj Tell your story to the class. Who uses get the most?
yesterday 130t up at 7 am and Iyot ready fir school,
6
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES
To learn about carbon footprints and water footprints. To consider positive action we can take to reduce our ecological footprints. To make an action plan to reduce our impact on the environment.
1
.21
KEY CONCEPTS
climate change [n]: People are worried about climate change. We are having hotter summers and colder winters.
2 REÅOING Work with a partner. Student A: Read text A. Student B: Read text Be Answer the 4 questions about your text, Make notes with your answers.
a-kCarboQ footprint Everyone leaves a carbon footprint. It is the impact each person has on the environment through the emission of greenhouse gases. |
carbon dioxide emissions [phrase]: The carbon dioxide emissions from old cars are worse than from new cars. greenhouse gases [phrase]: If we burn fossil fuels, the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere increase. fuel-efficient [adj]: Modern cars are more fuel-efficient and use less petrol than before. charge/recharge (a mobile phone) [v]: My mobile phone has no power, I need to charge it.
Your carbon footprint has two parts: the primary footprint and the secondary footprint, The primary footprint shows the emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases that you are directly
———responsibleforÆxamples•arefthe emissions produced by travelling and using electricity. The secondary footprint shows the emissions that you are indirectly responsible for. These include things like the emissions produced when factories make the things that you buy, All of these carbon dioxide emissions contribute to global warming. The size of your carbon footprint depends on many things. How you spend your free time is one of the most important. Do you watch TV
and play video games or do you read or do sport outdoors? Do you fly when you go on holiday? If you do, your footprint will be much larger than if you go by train. Rail travel is three times more fuel-efficient than air travel. Where your food comes from will-also-affectyoursecondary•footprint.• Processed and packaged meat has a bigger impact on the environment.
You may think that you are not responsible for any emissions because your parents do all the shopping and decide a lot of things at home. And it's true that your school is responsible for the things you do there. But you can suggest ways to change their habits. You can also watch less TV, switch off the light when you leave a room and unplug your mobile phone when it has finished charging. Each small action will help make your footprint smaller.
Water is essential in our daily lives. But sometimes the size of our water footprint is shocking. It shows the amount of water a person uses, directly or indirectly, every day.
All day we use water directly. This is our primary footprint. This includes the water we drink, the water we need for a shower or the water we use to wash the dishes. But what about the water that we use indirectly; the water used to produce, grow or make the things we buy? This is our secondary footprint, and sometimes it is much bigger than we think. After all, 70% of the world's fresh water is used for agriculture so the things we eat can make a big difference. And, to make almost anything, from a computer to a T-shirt, you need water. Here are some facts that may make you think about how much |
Brushing your teeth uses about seven and a half litres of water. It takes approximately 1,286 litres of water to produce a loaf of bread. But it takes about 2,310 litres to produce a 150g steak! An automatic dishwasher uses approximately 40 litres of water. Washing dishes by hand can use up to 75 litres. A typical individual in the United States uses 500 litres of water each day. But over 1 billion people in the world use less than 6 litres of water per day. The average toilet uses 8 litres of clean water each time you use it. |
water we use in a day:
3 SPEAKING Use your notes in 2 to explain to your partner what carbon/ water footprints are.
o
4 Work in a small group. Make a list of ideas about how your school could reduce its carbon and water footprints. 00.
reduce the paper We use — recycle it
5 LISTENING' 37 Watch the video or listen to students talking about their ideas for reducing carbon and water footprints at their school. Do they mention any of your ideas in 4?
6 37 Complete each sentence with one or two words, Watch or listen again if necessary.
1 At the school they have a box for and one for reusing all their old paper.
2 You need litres of water to make a sheet of paper.
3 They also recycle and
at the school now.
4 People were wasting water and towels in the washrooms.
5 The wrote 'Eve thing hel s!' on their posters.
6 In the past, everybody to switch the lights off at the end of the day.
7 You need 10,000 litres of water to make a light bulb shine for hours.
7 How many of the things in 5 and 6 do you already do at your school?
|
|
|
0 |
||
|
0
LIFE TASK
You want to let other teenagers know about ecological footprints and what changes they can make to reduce their footprint at school. In groups prepare a poster or video with ideas about how to do this. Follow this plan:
keelist-ofideasforthi school life to reduce your footprints. Use the ideas in the texts and in the video. Add your own ideas and search for others on the Internet.
2 Decide if you are going to make a video or a poster.
3 Organise your ideas in a logical way. Think about how you are going to persuade other students to make changes.
4 Make your video/poster.
5 Show it to the class.
sentences?
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 80 |
1b Look at the words in the box. Check that you understand what they mean. What do you think could be the connection between them?
charge a mobile phone • corridor dance floor • run • sustainable energy |
2 Complete these sentences with the correct form of the verbs given.
2 LISTENING 38 Listen to a science programme on the |
|
(not rain) for months, the result |
radio. Why do the words in 1b appear? |
|
is usually a drought. |
3 38 Listen again. Are the sentences True (T) or |
3 |
If it rains a lot for months, there |
False (F)? |
|
often floods. |
1 Simon Langton is the name of the school involved in this project. |
4 |
If you don't water plants, they |
2 The idea came from a boy who is studying at the school. |
|
(be) very sunny, it's bad for your |
3 They think they can produce enough |
6 |
If the sun (shine) all day, the |
electricity to make hundreds of mobiles work for two and a half years. |
|
temperature goes up. |
4 The students walk on the special floor when |
3a Write sentences to make general statements |
|
they go to technology lessons. |
using the zero conditional. |
|
5 Laurence first had the idea for this project |
1 If I'm late for school, my teacheryets angry |
when he was watching busy people moving with
around his university. me.
6 The school is the first place to use this 2 If you sit too close to the TV, technology
7 You can use the technology to produce electricity by dancing. 4 I feel sad if
5 I enjoy English classes if
4 Look again at the false sentences. Why are they false? 6 My parents are happy if
5 (SPEAKING) What about you? 3b SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Compare your sentences from 3a. Are any sentences the
1 Do you like this idea to produce sustainable energy? Why/Why not?
2 Can you think of any other ideas at school or at home to produce sustainable energy?
4a Look at these sentences in the first conditional. Then choose the correct alternative.
1 If you run in the corridors at this school, the teachers will be really happy.
2 The school will save money if they produce extra electricity.
We use the first conditional to talk about possible/ impossible situations and their consequences.
5 Choose the correct alternative.
1 If we don't/won 't recycle paper now, we need/will need to cut down more trees in the future.
2 If we cut/will cut down more trees, the forests disappear/will disappeart
3 There are/will be more deserts if the forests
1 In the part of the sentence with if we use the present simple/will or won't.
2
In the other part of the sentence we use the present simple/will or won't.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 80 |
6 Put the verbs in the correct tenses using the first conditional.
'If we (a) (not do) something soon, electronic products (b) (create) serious problems for the environment. We use more and more energy because we buy more and more electronic gadgets. If this situation (c) (continue), each house (d) (need) an incredible quantity of energy. The popularity of computers, tablets and mobile phones has created an enormous need for more power. In the 1970s homes contained, on average, just 17 electronic products. But now some people think that they (e) (not be) able to brush their teeth if they (f) (not
have) an electric toothbrush. If we (g)
(forget) to switch off all these electronic gadgets, we (h) (use) up all of our electricity for nothing.'
7 ISPEAKINW Work in groups. Begin with this sentence. If I pass all my exams this year, I'll have a special holiday in the summer.
Take it in turns to add conditional sentences. How many
sentences can you make?
5 Many plants and animals die/will die if the planet becomes/will become hotter.
unit 6
(SPEAKING' Work with a partner and answer these questions.
6 [SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Look at the
|
Where do you like going at the weekend when it's . |
places to go at the weekend in the box. |
|
1 sunny? 2 raining? 3 cold and snowing? |
Say if you like them. When is it best to go to them? |
2 |
LISTENIN€ 39 Listen to two people making arrangements |
|
for this weekend and answer these questions. beach • bowling alley • cinema the
1 Where are they going? mountains • park • shopping centre sports centre • swimming pool
2 When and where are they going to meet?
|
3 What are they going to take? |
|
|
|
4 What will they do if it rains? |
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT |
|
3 |
39 Complete the dialogue. Listen again if necessary. |
7a SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Use the dialogue in 3, the expressions in the |
|
|
Jamie: Listen. Are you up to anything this weekend? |
Speaking bank and the diagram below to |
|
|
Danny: Not really. What about you? Jamie: If the weather's (a) Alex and I are going to go to the (b) Do you fancy coming? Danny: Sure. What time shall we meet? Jamie: How about (c) |
prepare a dialogue making arrangements. |
|
|
Danny: OK. Why don't we meet at the (d) |
You |
Your partner |
|
Jamie: Fine. I'll bring some (e) and we can |
9:30 |
|
|
Danny: What will we do if it (g) |
Say hello. |
|
|
Jamie: I'll give you a (h) and we'll go |
|
Respond. |
|
somewhere else. |
Ask about |
|
|
Danny: OK. Listen. I'll ring (i) and ask her to come. |
your partneri5 plans for the |
Say you have no plans. |
|
Jamie: Good idea. See you tomorrow at (j) |
weekend. |
Ask about i your partners plans. |
4 |
Tick (I) the expressions in the Speaking bank that appear |
Say what your plans are. |
|
|
in the dialogue. |
depending on the weather. |
Accept the |
Ø SPEAKING BANK Useful expressions for making arrangements |
Invite your partner. |
invitation. Ask what time to meet. |
|
Asking about somebody's plans |
Suggest a time. |
Respond. |
|
• What are you up to at the weekend? |
|
Suggest a place to meet. |
|
• Are you up to anything this weekend? v/ |
Respond |
|
|
• Do you fancy verb +-ing? |
|
Ask what happens if |
|
Arranging to meet |
|
the weather changes. |
|
hat-time-shalluve-meet? |
Sugaest,a different place.i |
Respond. Say |
|
Why don't we meet at |
|
goodbye. |
|
Responding to plans and arrangements • Sure./Fine./OK./Great./Good idea. • Not really./Sorry, I can't./l prefer Present continuous for future |
Say goodbye. |
|
|
Remember that we can use the present continuous as well as be going to to talk about future arrangements. Where are We meetipy tomorrow? |
7b ,SPEAKINGI Practise your dialogue. Then change roles.
Read this newspaper article about climate change. What
does the writer think about climate change and why?
2 (SPEAKING] Work with a partner. What do you think about climate change? Do you agree or disagree with Harry Macdonald? Why?
3 Here is a letter to the editor of the newspaper. Does the reader agree or disagree with Harry Macdonald? Are any of your ideas from 2 here?
Dear Editor,
I am writing in response to Harry Macdonald's comments about climate change which appeared in your newspaper last week. Personally I agree with many of the things that Mr Macdonald
Firstly, it is clear that our weather is becoming more extreme each year. Furthermore, it appears that these changes are affecting the whole world, not just one or two areas.
Next, some people say that climate change is just a natural process. Nevertheless, there is evidence that man-made pollution
Finally, many people say it is too late to do anything about climate change. However, I think that governments and multinational coinpanies use this as an excuse to continue polluting the atnnosphere. What is more, I believe that if it is a question of the future of our planet, it is never too late to take action.
I will be interested in hearing other readers' opinions on this subject.
Yours faithfillly,
Max Turner
'WRITING BANK |
|
Linkers of sequence, addition and contrast Sequence: Firstly, Addition: Furthermore, Contrast: However, |
5 Complete the sentences with linkers from the Writing bank.
1 I think climate change is a big problem.
it is getting worse each year. 2 Let me explain what I think. I want to explain my opinions about climate changes in the summer. Next, I want to tell you what I think about changes in the winter. I want to talk about what we can do to stop the changes. 3 In general, I agree with the article.
there are some things in it that I do not agree with
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
6a Look at this topic and make notes. A newspaper journalist writes:
'Young people don't really do anything to protect the environment. They don't believe that they can make a difference.'
Write a letter to the newspaper editor expressing your own opinion on this topic.
Begin by explaining why you are writing. Express your opinion and explain your main reason for it.
Give additional reasons for your opinion. End your letter.
WRITING BANK PAGE 150
6bWrite your letter using the model in 3, your notes and the Writing bank to help you.
I V EXAM SUCCESS
When you write in exam conditions, what can you do if you do not know a word or if you are not sure how to use a specific grammar structure?
EXAM SUCCESS page 145
be going to will
USE
|
We use be going to to talk |
• |
We use UBI and won't to make general predictions about the future. We often |
|
about plans and intentions |
|
use hope, expect, imagine, etc. with will and won't to express our |
|
for the future. We use it for |
|
opinion about the future. |
|
things that we have already |
|
I don't think the weather will be worse in the fictnre. |
|
decided to do in the future. |
• |
We also use wMJ and WODQ when we decide to do something at the moment of |
|
I've decided that I'm you |
|
speaking, for example when we suddenly offer to do something for someone. |
|
to study biology. |
|
you look tired. I'll carry yonr bay. |
• |
We can also use be going |
|
We use wj)J and won't to talk about the future when we consider it to be an |
|
to to make predictions |
|
objective truth. |
|
about the future, particularly when we have evidence for |
|
It's my birthday next week. I'll be seventeen. |
|
the prediction. |
|
We use definitely, probably, perhaps, it's possible that with wjfl to say how |
|
It's really cold. I think it's |
|
certain we think something is. Dcfinitey is when we are very certain, probably |
|
going to snoW. |
|
when we are quite certain, and peHaps and it's possible that when we are 50% certain. |
Definitely and probab& come just after will but just before won't. I'll definitely be there. I d%finitely won't be there.
may, might |
Zero conditional |
FORM |
FORM |
Affirmative subject + may/might + verb in |
If + present simple, present simple. |
infinitive |
If you yo out in the rain, you yet Wet. |
The weather may get worse. |
The teachers aren't happy if We d0Vb't do our homework. |
Negative subject + may not/might not |
USE |
(mightn't) + verb in infinitive We may not be able to do anything |
We use the zero conditional to talk about situations that are generally or always true. |
USE |
If you take a fish out of water, it dies. ( = This is not just a |
May and might are used in predictions when we are not sure about something. They express approximately 50% certainty. First conditional |
specific situation — it always happens.) |
FORM |
USE |
If + present simple, will + infinitive |
We use the first conditional to talk about |
If the climate changes, food Will be a problem. |
possible and probable situations in the future |
If We don't do something soon, the situation will yet worse. |
and their consequences. |
The present simple comes in the part of the sentence with if. |
If the sun comes out (possible future situation), |
Will does not appear in this part of the sentence. |
we'll yo to the beach (the consequence of this situation). |
V%tiÆB be-hot -to day.
go
be going to, will
I Correct the mistakes in these sentences.
1 The students going to go on an excursion.
2 What are your plans? What do you do tomorrow?
will, may, might
2 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
perhaps may probably definitely will won't
1 My team will win tonight. I'm sure.
2 go next week but I don't know. 3 the problem will disappear.
Zero conditional / 4 points
3
4
4
5
6
/ 4 points
They say it's raining next week.
I can't meet you tomorrow because I'll do an exam.
/ 6 points
They won't go out tonight because
they have an exam tomorrow, but it's not impossible.
She definitely run tomorrow because she's got a broken leg.
It's possible that I see him tomorrow.
/ 6 points
3 Answer these questions with complete |
4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the |
sentences. |
words given. |
1 What happens if you mix blue and yellow? |
1 If the sun (shine), we'll be able to go out. 2 We'll go out if Mum (finish) work early. |
2 What happens if you study hard for an exam? |
3 If you do the exercise carefully, you (get) all the answers right. |
3 What happens if you never brush your teeth? |
4 It'll be great if she (come) tonight. |
4 What happens if you eat too much? |
5 She'll leave hospital today if she (be) OK. 6 (not bring) the dog if you don't want me to. |
DIFFERENT USES OF GET
3 Decide on a synonym for get in these sentences.
1 I got some juice from the shop.
2 Did you get home late last night?
3 I'll get you a glass of water.
Total:
/ 6 points
4 I got my exam marks yesterday.
5 The book started well but it got boring.
6 She got an email from her friend
/ 40 points Unit 6
JGateway to exams: Units
TIP FOR LISTENING EXAMS
In listening exams where you have to identify the speaker, remember
Read the tasks before you listen. But don't forget that the speakers will probably express the same ideas using different words and expressions.
> EXAM SUCCESS page 145
1 SPOKING Work with a partner. The photos show different ways of finding out the news. Which do you prefer and why?
2 LISTENING 0 40 Listen to a radio programme where people are calling to say how they like to find out the news. Match the speakers and their preference. There is one option that you do not need.
A Internet B the radio |
Amanda |
C weekly news |
Jerry |
magazine D newspaper |
Sarah |
the
Dan
3 040 Listen again. Which speaker
1 finds out the news at breakfast time? anda/Jerxy/Sara
2 thinks that pictures and images are an important part of the news?
Amanda/Jerry(Sarah/Dan
3 thinks the news on TV isn't very informative?
Amanda/Jerry/Sarah/Dan
4 thinks the most important thing is to find out the news quickly? Amanda/Jerry/Sarah/Dan
is tired
TIP FOR WRITING EXAMS
When you are writing in exam conditions, remember
If you don't know a word, think of a more general or basic word. If you aren't sure how to use a grammatical structure, change what you are going to say.
EXAM SUCCESS page 145
Work with a partner. Look at this topic and discuss your ideas.
A newspaper journalist writes:
'l don lt like it when famous people start talking about serious world problems like global warming. What do they know about it? I want actors to act and singers to sing. I don't want to listen to them telling me how to save the world.'
Some famous people, such as Angelina Jolie,
Write a letter to the newspaper editor expressing your own opinion on this topic.
Begin by explaining why you are writing. Express your opinion and explain your main reason for it.
5 of working with computers? Amanda/Jerry/Sarah/Dan 5-6 |
Give additional reasons for your opinion. End your letter.
TIP FOR USE OF ENGLISH |
|
|
|
In sentence transformation activities, remember . When you finish, check that you haven't changed the meaning of the original sentence and that you haven't used more than the maximum number of words permitted. > EXAM SUCCESS page 145 |
|
6 Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning. Use between two and five words, including the word given.
1 Africa is hotter than India. as
India Africa.
2 Protecting the environment is more important than space exploration. not Space exploration protecting the environment.
TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS
When negotiating, remember .
If you can't think of something to say, use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give you time to decide what you can say next. And don't be afraid to say something that is obvious.
EXAM SUCCESS page 145
7 Work with a partner. Make a list of different ways of making and responding to suggestions.
8a You want to watch TV with your partner. Look at what programmes are on tonight.
No Place Like Home |
Incredible Stories |
Sports Night |
A programme which |
This series looks at |
Tonight there's tennis, |
shows you some of |
normal people in |
athletics, and of |
the best and biggest |
extreme situations. This |
course all the best |
houses in the world. All |
week we see the story |
international football. |
the houses belong to |
of a teenager who |
|
famous people! |
rescued a surfer from a shark attack. |
|
Family-Ville |
It's Only Natural |
|
Yes, your favourite |
This nature |
|
cartoon is back. Follow |
documentary looks |
|
t e Iveso t e most |
at t ewi one |
|
unusual family in |
of the most beautiful |
|
the United States, |
places in the world |
|
and all their hilarious adventures. |
New Zealand. |
|
3 Temperatures won't be warm enough for some types of animals. too
Temperatures for some types of animals.
4 The situation in Europe isn't as serious as in Africa more
The situation in Africa in Europe.
5 It's possible that environmental problems will become more serious. may Environmental problems more serious.
6 It's certain that some animals will die. definitely
Some animals
7 It's probable things won't get better. probably
I think that worse.
'CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 5-6 CEF
1 How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark from 1 to 4.
1 = I can do it very well.
2 = I can do it quite well.
3 = I have some problems. I can't do it.
a I can compare two or more things using different structures (more/less than, as as) b I can name and describe different types of TV programme.
c I can identify information in a radio programme about the news.
d I can make and respond to suggestions about what to do in my free time.
e I can write a basic review of a TV programme, expressing my opinions.
f I can make predictions and talk about future plans and decisions using will, may, might, be going to.
g I can talk about situations and their consequences using zero and first conditionals.
h I can discuss the environment and pollution.
j I can write a simple, formal letter to a newspaper, organising my ideas with linkers and in paragraphs.
8b SPEAKING) Work with your partner. Make and respond to suggestions about what to watch. After two or three minutes, make a decision.
2 Now decide what you need to do to improve.
1 Look again at my book/notes.
2 Do more practice exercises. > WORKBOOK Units 5 and 6 3 Ask for help.
4 Other:
Units 5-6
each person with the correct photo. What are their jobs? Write a name or simple explanation for each one.
EXAM SUCCESS
You are going to do a True/False activity. What should you do after reading the text quickly for the first time to get a general idea?
EXAM SUCCESS page 145
2 Read the texts again and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F). 1 There are two different sides to Ryan's job.
2 Ryan's job suits any type of person.
3 Ryan believes that his job can have a positive influence on people.
4 Grace has to act in her job. 5 Shop assistants never know what Grace's real job is.
6 Grace sometimes writes articles in magazines.
7 Grace never writes bad things about the shop assistants because she feels sorry for them.
8 Some people are trying to get rickshaws off the roads.
9 All the personal qualities that a rickshaw driver needs are physical.
10 The worst time to find a customer is a week day in the winter.
GPCRITICALTHINKING
Think! Then compare ideas with your class.
• Do you think these jobs are important for society? Why/Why not?
4 What do the underlined words in the text mean? Guess and then check in your dictionary.
5 SPEAKINGJ What about you?
1 What do you think of the different jobs?
2 Which of the three jobs in the text would you like to do the most? Why?
DO YOU HAVE AN UNUSUAL JOB? We want to hear from you!
2 7
In this photo I'm notth one who's going to jump. I getting that person ready. That's
5 my unusual job, and it's more difficult than it looks, You have to prepare people both physica_lly and mentally. Some get really frightened so you ha.ve to make
10 them feel confident And you must check all the ment very carefully If anything goes wrong, you're responsible. Of course, you mustn't be afraid of 3
15 heights! I like my job because I'm sociable and I can meet people from all over the world. All sorts of people come to do bungeejumping. For some of them the jump cha.nges their life It makes them feel more confident, like they can do anything! It's nice to know ihat by doing your job, you're ma-king a difference. It can
25 be hard work though. At busy times we get 25 people jumping in an hour.
Ryan O'Connor, Wellington — 6 th
Mar 2.25 pm rickshaw driver.
A lot of people like shopping. Rickshaws are a mixture of a bike
Me, I'm a professional 'mystery and a taxi. l\wo or three people
30 shopper'. It's like being an actor, 55 can sit at the back and you pull or a _spy. For example, I go to them by cycling. Nowadays there a clothes shop and tell a shop are a lot in London. Some taxi assistant that I want to buy a and bus drivers say we shouldn't coat. I pretend to be a normal be on the streets because we're member of the public. I mustn't 60 dangerous. It's important to tell them who I really am. stay calm in this job because Bui when I finish, I have to do those drivers often shout at paperwork, answering questions us. But nearly all the work is about the service. Usually shops late at night, when there isn't ffl to know if the shop assistants are have any qualifications to be a doing a good job Or sometimes rickshaw driver, but you have to magazines pay me because be fit and strong, You must be they want to write an article patient too because sometimes
45 comparing different shops. It's 70 you have to wait a very long time difficult because sometimes you before finding a customer. Friday, have to say bad things about Saturday and Sunday nights somebody who may lose their are the busiest. And rickshaws job because of your report. But I are much more popular in the
50 suppose shop assistants should 75 summer. In the winter you get always treat their customers well. cold and wet.
Grace Simmons, Manchester — Gavin Henderson, London - 6 th 6th Mar 3.02 pm Mar 4.14 pm unit 7.
rammar in context presentation video.
odaLverbs:otobligatlo n.t.to give-a vice-to ese eo e se t e pictures o e p you. en write one more and advice sentence with should or shouldn't for each picture.
la Look at the sentences.
a You don't have to have any qualifications to be a rickshaw driver.
b But you have to be fit and strong.
c Shop assistants should treat their customers well.
d I mustn't tell them who I really am.
e You must check all the equipment very carefully.
f Some say that we shouldn't be on the streets because we're dangerous.
1 b Which sentence(s) express:
1 obligation? b/e
2 no obligation?
3 prohibition?
4 advice or a recommendation?
lc What type of word comes after must, mustn't, should, shouldn't, have to, don't have to?
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 94 | !
2a PRONUNCIATIOI( The letter 'I' is silent in the word 'should' — we do not pronounce it. Look at these sentences. Which letters do you think are silent in each sentence? Cross the letter(s) out.
1 Firefighters should be calm.
2 You mustn't talk to the bus driver. 3 Discipline can be important.
4 My science teacher comes to school at half past eight.
5 Fashion designers shouldn't copy other people's designs.
6 He works as a guide at the castle on the
4
1 I want to be a tour guide.
You should
2 I want to be a chef.
You should
3 I want to be a doctor.
You should
4 I want to be a scientist.
You shouldn't .
Choose the correct alternative. If you think both alternatives are correct, choose both.
island. |
|
be a professional musician. |
|
2 |
Builders mustn't/don't have to work in an office. |
2b 0 43 Listen, check and repeat. |
3 |
Doctors mustn't/don't have to tell secrets about their patients' health. o you mus ave to wear a uni orm in your JO ? |
|
5 |
People who work in banks must/have to do a lot of paperwork. |
|
6 |
A firefighter has to/have to work in a team. |
|
7 |
An architect mustn't/doesn't have to be fit to do his or her job. |
|
8 |
My sister must deal/deals with the public in her job. |
1 You must/have to learn to play an instrument if you want to
7
1 It is not necessary to have experience to do the job.
You don't have to have experience to do thejob
2 It is obligatory for builders to wear hard hats here.
Builders
3 It is a good idea for Frank to work in the summer.
Frank
4 In our school, teachers are not allowed to wear jeans.
In our school,
5 It isn't a good idea to wear very informal clothes for a job interview.
You
6 It is not obligatory for our receptionists to speak French.
Our receptionists
7 It is essential for Karen to be calm in her job.
Karen
'a *MING' Look at the photos and choose a job. Make a note of things you have to/don't have to/must/ mustn't/should/shouldn't do in this job.
6b Work with a partner. Describe the job. Can your
1 Look at these words. They are compound adjectives, adjectives made by joining two words. The two words are usually connected with a hyphen (—).
Well-oryanised hard-workivy
Complete the compound adjectives in the definitions with the words in the box.
badly • blue/brown/green easy full good part • right/left • well
1 when you don't work all day or all week in your job
. -time
2 relaxed and calm
-going
3 when you don't get much money in your job
-paid
4 when you work all day and all week in your job
-time
5 when you get paid a lot of money in your job
-paid
6 with blue/brown/green eyes
—eyed
7 when you write with your right/left hand
-handed
8 attractive
-looking
9 famous
-known 10 rich
-off
2 Listen and check your answers.
3a PRONUNCIÆINI 0 44 Listen again and repeat. Where is the stress in the compound adjectives? Is it on the first word, the second word or on both?
SKILts
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES
To learn about transferable skills and their importance in finding a job. To consider practical examples of transferable skills in daily life. To assess and express your own transferable skills.
KEY CONCEPTS
organise a group of people. |
(un-)employed [adj]: When his company closed, he became unemployed and had to look for a new job. employer, employee [n]: Employers usually look for ambitious people to become their employees. problem solving [n]: She's good at problem solving, finding solutions in difficult situations. leadership [n]: People with good leadership can motivate and
1 Work with a partner. What skills or qualities do both mechanics and chefs need?
They both need to be reliable.
-nacy both need to work with their hands.
2 READING Read the article. What are 'transferable skills' and why are they important?
TRAN S FERAB LE
1n the past, people left school, found a job and then continued to do that job for the rest of their lives. So, they only leamed the skills for one specific job. But nowadays, most people do a number of jobs during their lifetime. This might be because they want to change jobs or perhaps they have to change jobs because they become unemployed. Today it is still important to learn skills for a particular job, but it is also important to learn 'transferable skills'. These are skills that we can use in not just one job but in almost any job. So, what are the most important transferable skills for the 2131 century? Of course, in just about any job you need IT skills. Computers and new technology are everywhere. If you're a shop assistant, an architect or a mechanic, you must be comfortable using new technology.
But even a highly-skilled user of new technologies needs other skills. Very few people work completely alone. So in order to be successful you have to be able to communicate well with others. Good communication IS an interpersonal skill. Other interpersonal skills include leadership and teamwork These are highly valued by employers. Can you mo va eo ers and direct them if necessary? On the other hand, are you able to listen to and take orders from others? Can you work together as part of a bigger team? That's important if you work for a top international bank or
bleskills?-Whatimportan
y were rans era e s |
transferable skills from the text could be useful |
||||
the past? 2 Who needs IT skills and why? |
in the two jobs? |
||||
3 What are examples of 'interpersonal' skills and why |
|
•LISTENING} 0 45 Watch or listen to three |
|||
are they necessary? |
|
young people talking about things they |
|||
4 Who is maths important for? |
|
do or did in their free time. Tick (V) the |
|||
5 What skill is important when there are situations we did not expect? 6 Do employers usually want ambitious or |
|
transferable skills that are part of what |
|||
they do or did. |
|
|
|||
unambitious people? Why? if you work in a local café. Creating a good impression |
Z |
Frieotd2 Mid cari4t Good compwotica+iom sKik2s |
Amelia |
Kierno•t |
MOZZ% |
on customers and colleagues is essential in almost all jobs, too. Other general skills are important too. Maths is one of them. A waiter needs to be able to count money and give correct change. Bankers work with numbers and so do shop assistants. Using your hands can be useful |
3 |
Good mo+iva+i4t o+hers &ood or notisi4t 0+ ers |
|
|
|
in a number of jobs, too. And then there's problem solving. In any job there are situations that we are not ready for. It's important that you can react to those situations in a positive way and find solutions. Finally, employers are interested in your personal |
S |
LCT sKiLks Leadership Mafhs mtd moote |
|
|
|
qualities. Are you well-organised? Are you reliable and |
8 |
Pa+ieqce |
|
|
|
responsible? Most employers will also look for people who are ambitious and want to continue leaming and |
9 |
Problem solvi4t% |
|
|
|
improving in their job, so that the company moves forward too. In the end, perhaps this is the most important transferable skill of all — the desire to keep learning new things. As Albert Einstein said, 'Once you |
{0 |
Teamwork |
|
|
|
stop learning, you start dying! |
5b |
45 Listen again and make a note of examples |
|||
to justify your answers in 5a. 6 Work in a small group and compare your answers in 5. LIFE TASK You want to consider your own transferable skills. Follow this plan: 1 Look at a list of transferable skills on page 147, e ourself a mark from 5 (brilliant to l oor for each skill. Add any other skills which you have which are not on the list. 2 For all of the skills where you have 3 or more, think of an example to justify your answer. It could be based on things you do at school, in your free time or to help out at home and/or in |
|||||
I. |
a job, if you have one |
3 Use the list and your examples to write a description of your transferable skills. You could use this when you apply for a course or a job.
second conditional
la Look at these sentences. Then choose the correct alternative in sentences a—c.
1 If I went, I'd meet some famous actors.
2 If I were you, I'd do it.
3 I would earn a hundred pounds if I worked all weekend.
a We use the second conditional for possible and probable/improbable
1 (SPEAKING) Extras are the people who appear in the background, behind the main actors in films and TV series. What do you think are the good and bad things about working as an extra? Make two lists with a partner.
2 OSTENINGJ 46 Listen to someone talking about being an extra. Tick the ideas in your lists which they mention.
EXAM SUCCESS |
|
You are going to do a multiple-choice listening task. In this type of exercise you have to choose one of a number of statements which corresponds to the information in the listening text. What should you do if you don't hear the answer to one of the questions? EXAM SUCCESS page 145 |
3 46 Listen again and choose the correct answers.
1 Sarah doesn't know what to do because .
a they haven't offered her the job.
b she isn't a professional actress.
c she doesn't know if she likes the job they've offered.
2 Sarah probably won't get a famous actor's autograph because a you can't say hello to the actors.
b they don't allow you to ask for autographs.
c all of the actors there are just normal people.
3 Extras a spend more time waiting than acting.
b only work five or ten minutes a day.
c always have to repeat the same scene many times.
4 The main reason why Sarah may decide to take the job is because a it is quite well-paid.
b she has a cousin who worl<s as an extra c she really likes historical films.
5
a speal< to the director.
b make good use of the time when she isn't accually filming c become a film director one day.
4 SPEAKING! What about you?
Would you like to work as an extra in a film or TV series? Why/Why not?
and ima ina situations and their consequences.
b We use the second conditional to tall< about the past/the present or future.
c We can use the expression If I were/ was you, I'd to give advice/ express obl@ation.
1 b Choose the correct alternative.
1 In the part of the sentence with if we use the past simple/would(n't) + infinitive.
2 In the other part of the sentence we use the past simple/would(n't) + infinitive.
3 We can/can't use was or were with if l/he/she .
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 94 |
2 Look at the situations and write sentences using the second conditional.
1 I don't work because I'm still at school.
If I wasn't..stil[ at school, I'd work,
2 He isn't a pilot because he can't see very well.
3 She doesn't repair computers because she doesn't know how to.
4 I'm not a professional athlete because
5 I don't work as an interpreter because I only speak two languages.
6 We want to leave this company because we aren't happy here.
7 She can't take part in the concert because she doesn't sing very well.
If you . like a famous person, you would be able to make money. You could pretend to be the famous person and appear at parties or in adverts or TV shows.
Believe it or not, some people taste dog food professionally to check that it tastes good. If I (c)dog food, I'd be ill!
One hotel in London had a professional bed warmer.
They paid somebody to get into the bed for five minutes and make it warm. If I (d) job, I'd fall asleep all the time!
Would you buy an orange if it (e) or yellow? Most people wouldn't. But in some warm places the natural colour of oranges isn't actually orange. That's why some people's job is to make oranges orange — by suddenly making them cold or by exposing them to ethylene gas.
If people (f) their chewing gum in the bin, we wouldn't need 'Gum Busters'. These are people who use water at high pressure to take away chewing gum from any type of surface.
what you would do in each one and why. Make notes.
1 When you arrive at school, you see that you aren't wearing shoes. You're wearing your slippers! What would you do?
2 You tell your best friend that you are too busy to go out tonight. Later, another friend persuades you to go out. Suddenly, you see your best friend 50 metres away, but they haven't seen you yet. What would you do?
3 Your mother is trying on some very unusual clothes in a clothes shop. She obviously likes them. She asks what you think of them. What would you do?
5b Work with a partner. Compare your ideas for each 4a Look at these situations. Think of good advice to situation. give somebody in these situations. Make notes. 1 I need money. I 2 I want to work in the US one day. wouldn't. The teachers wouldn't be 3 I want to help to protect the environment. happy if you missed class. 4 I'm always tired in the morning. 5 I can't sleep at night. 6 I make a lot of spelling mistakes. |
4 You buy a pair of jeans. When you get home, you find a very nice jacket inside the bag with your jeans. You didn't buy the jacket. What would
Developing speaking
D
CINERAMA CINEMAS
We need people to work evenings and at the weekend. Responsibilities include checking tickets and selling popcorn and soft drinks. Watch the latest films o. free! Join our young and dynamic team!'
Phone 0181 754 6022 for more information about wages and conditions.
We are looking for shop assistants for the summer. If you love fashion, we want you to join our team. Good conditions. Perfect for students.
Phone 01 51 897 6543 for information about how to apply.
ARE YOU MAD ABOUT SPORT?
|
Would you like to spend all summer teaching sport to people from around the world? Then come and work at our international |
pairs |
sports camp! Phone 0191 121 5533 for information |
Ever wanted to visit California? |
about where to send CVs, etc. |
Are you patient, caring and good with kids? Work as an au pair in LA this summer. |
SPORTS STAR CAMP |
Free flights, food and accommodation!
Phone 0121 977 2001 for
1b Work with a partner. Choose a job and make a list of questions that you would want to ask to find out more information about the job.
Is the job NL-time or part-time? What are the Wages?
2 {LISTENING: 0 47 Listen to a teenager calling about one of the adverts. Which advert is she calling about? Does she ask any of your questions from 1?
3 47 All the expressions in the Speaking
|
Could you tell me Could I ask Can you tell me |
what when how how much what sort of person |
the job starts? I can apply? you are looking for? we have to do? you need experience? the wages are? |
4 SPEAKING) Work with a partner. Take it in turns to use the table to make polite requests for information.
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
!$PEAKIMGI Work with a partner. Do this role-play using the polite requests from the Speaking bank.
You are speaking to somebody about a summer job. Find out:
• the dates and wages
• if the job is full-time or part-time
• necessary personal qualities
• if experience is necessary or not.
bank are polite ways of requesting
information. Listen to the dialogue again Student A: Prepare questions to ask for information about the and put the requests in the order that job at Cinerama Cinemas. you hear them.
Student B: You have information about the job at Cinerama
Cinemas on page 148. Invent any extra information if necessary.
SPEAKING BANK
Useful expressions for making polite Good afternoon. I'm calling about your
job offer in the newspaper yesterday. requests
Can you tell me what the wages are? Yes. What would you like to know?
Could I ask for some information first?
Could you tell me if the job is full-time or
5b Now change roles.
part-time? Student B: Prepare questions to ask about the job at Sports
Star Camp.
Student A: You have information about the job at Sports Star Camp on page 148. Invent any extra information if necessary.
Read this letter of application and CV. Which summer job offer on page 92 do you think this person is replying to? Why?
34 Norton Road
Stoke
14th February
Dear Ms Simpson,
I am writing in response to your advertisement in 'lhe Stolcc Times. I would like to apply for the job which you advertised in this newspaper on 1 0 th February. I enclose a CV with information about myself, including education and work experience. As you can see, I have experience of working with children and I also think that I am caring, patient and very hard-working. I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours sincerely,
Diana Iluxley
Diana
geumeeg
G E N E R A L I N F O R M AT I O N
Address 34 Norton Road, Stoke, S03 6HT
Telephone (home) 0342 455 3212
Telephone (mobile) 632 12 34 56 dhuxley@anynet.uk
E D U C AT I O N A N D Q U A L I F I C AT I O N S
Green Coat School, Stoke
A levels in Economics (Grade A), Sociology (Grade B) and
English (Grade B)
W O R K E X P E R I E N C E
March 2013 - March 2015
Part-time teaching assistant at Sunnydale Kindergarten, Stol<e
July — August 2012 Helper at Green Valley Summer Camp, Brighton
Cookery, Surfing
Good knowledge of computers — MS Office, PowerPoint, Excel,
Word
2 Read the letter and CV again. Where does Diana give the following information — in her letter, in her CV or in both?
1 where and when she saw the job offer letter / CV / both
2 her personal qualities letter / CV / both
3 her contact details letter / CV / both
4 her hobbies letter / CV / both
5 information about her experience letter / CV / both
1 -The Stoke Times newspaper on 10 th Febrnary
4 Write your own CV. Use the CV in 1 as a model.
5 Look again at the letter in 1 and complete the information in the Writing bank.
'WRITING BANK
Useful expressions and conventions in formal letters. our address In formal letters, we write and the date in the top, right-hand cornere We write Mr for men, Mrs for married women
and for women when we do not make any distinction if they are married or not.
We can use the phrase I to hearing from you at the end of formal letters
When we know the name of the person we are writing to, we end the letter Yours
We do not usually use in formal
letters. For example, we would write I would like not I'd like.
6 Work with a partner. Look at this job advert. What qualities, skills or experience would be useful for this job?
JOB OPPORTUNITY
We need waiters and waitresses to work in our new, 21 st century fast-food restaurant. Are you friendly? Are you fun? You are? Come and work for us!
Email a letter and CV to Gary Daly gdaly@21 stcenturyfood.co.uk
rtzed to be sociable, Expexi-emce in a fast fad restaurant would be we'd,
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
70 Write a letter of application. Use the letter in 1, your ideas from 6, and the Writing bank to help you
Write a letter to apply for the job at the fast-food restaurant and:
state which job you are applying for say what experience you have describe your personal qualities end your letter.
WRITING BANK PAGE 151
7b Read letters by other students. Who would you give the job to? Why?
Ilni+ have toe don't have to |
FORM
Affirmative |
Police officers have to wear a uniform. |
Negative |
Teachers don't have to wear a uniform. |
Question |
Do police officers have to wear a uniform? |
Short answers |
Yes, they do./No, they don't. |
USE
We use have to to talk about things which are obligatory or necessary.
We use don't have to to talk about things which are not obligatory or necessary.
should, shouldn't
FORM
Affirmative |
You should arrive on time. |
Negative |
You shouldn't be late. |
Question |
Should I wait outside? |
Short answers |
Yes, I should./No, I shouldn't. |
Second conditional
FORM
If + past simple, would/wouldn't + infinitive If I knew about cars, I'd become a mechanic. If we didn.'t lifte.w, we wouldw't understand his explanations.
If I Was a millionaire, I wouldn't kmøw what to do with my nunzy.
The past simple comes in the part of the sentence with if. Would does not appear in this part of the sentence.
The part of the sentence with if can go at the start of the sentence or at the end. There is no difference in meaning. However, if the part with if goes at the start of the sentence we must use a comma before the second half of the sentence.
If I had a bike, I'd cycle to school.
I'd cycle to school if I had a bike.
must, mustnt
FORM
Affirmative |
You must switch off your mobile phone in class. |
Negative |
You mustn't use your mobile phone when driving. |
USE
We use must to talk about rules, regulations, and obligations.
We use mustn't to talk about prohibitions.
Must is not very common in the question form. We usually use have to.
• We use should and shouldn't to give and ask for advice and recommendations.
• We can use were instead of was with if.
If I Were/was a millionaire, I would give nunzy to that charity.
USE
We use the second conditional to talk about imaginary or improbable situations and their consequences.
The imaginary or improbable sentences are in the present or future, NOT in the past.
If I find money in the street (imaginary present situation), I wouldgive it to the police (the consequence of this situation).
We use If I were you, I'd ..., to give advice and recommendations.
Vocabulary 1 Jobs and work architect • builder • company director • fashion designer • firefighter • journalist • librarian mechanic • nurse • plumber • police officer • receptionist • shop assistant • vet 2 Personal qualities ambitious • calm • caring • clever/bright • confident • creative • fit • hard-working patient • reliable • sensitive • sociable • strong • well-organised 3 Compound adjectives badly-paid • blue/brown/green-eyed • easy-going • full-time • good-looking part-time • right/left-handed • well-known • well-off • well-paid 4 Other words and phrases page 140 |
If I Were you, I'd study more.
must, mustn't, have to, don't have to
i Choose the correct alternative. If two alternatives are correct, choose both. 1 People must/mustn't/don't have to make a lot of noise in a hospital.
2 You must/mustn't/have to study a lot to be an a rch itect.
3 People who work in a bank doesn't have to/don't have to/mustn't wear a uniform. should, shouldn't, If I were you
2 Choose the correct alternative,
Sam: I want to work in the US. Can you give me some advice?
Tanya: You should (a) look/to look for job adverts on the Internet.
Sam: (b) I should/Should / send my CV?
Second conditional
3 Write sentences in the second conditional.
1 l/see a bear take a photo of it
2 my brother/be angry shout
3 my parents/win the lottery give me a present
4
l/not have a pen ask my friend for one
/ 7 points
4 You has to/have to/must know how to use a computer to work in a bank.
5 Visitors to the museum mustn't/must/don't have to take photos. It is prohibited.
6 A professional football player mustn 't/doesn't have to/don't have to work in an office.
7 You must/don't have to/mustn't drink and drive
/ 5 points
Tanya: Yes, if I were you I (c) sent/would send a letter and a CV by email. But you (d) should/ shouldn't worry if it takes a long time for an answer. They probably have hundreds of people sending CVs. If I were you, I (e) would/ should be patient.
/ 8 points
5 we/not have a TV talk more
6 he/not be very good at football not play in the
first division
7 l/live in Italy speak Italian
8 we/have wings be able to fly
Oforever
Vocabulary
Friendships 3 Complete these questions with the correct preposition.
1 match Look at the the pictures pictures. to Read an appropriate the story andword or 1 Have you got a big or small circle friends?
phrase (a—j). 2 Do you see eye eye with your parents?
Maybe it's because I'm shy, but I've got quite a small 3 When you have an argument somebody, do you
(a) circie of friends. I'm really good friends with a find it easy to make it with them afterwards?
small group of (b) classmates. I often (c) hang out
with them at my house after school and sometimes 4 Have you ever fallen with your best friend?
we play sports in the park near school or go to the 5 Do you have a lot common with the people in
cinema. Apart from my classmates, I've got one other
(d) close friend. His name's Adrian and he's a friend your close family?
of my cousin. In fact, I met him at my cousin's house. 6 Do you usually get well your classmates?
The first time I chatted to Adrian, we found that we Do you hang with your friends every day
7
(e) see eye to eye on lots of things. There are many
things that we (f) have in common. We like the same after school?
sports, the same subjects at school, the same TV
programmes Maybe that's no surprise, because I 4 [SPEAKING] Use the completed questions in 3 to
(g) cet on really well with my cousin, too. Adrian and interview your partner.
I never (h) have arguments with each other and we've
never (i) fallen out. But I know that even if we had Have you got a big or small circle of friends?
an argument one day, we would (j) make it u very
quickly. That's what true friendship is about. It's quite big, I think. I've got a lot of friends outside school.
3
Feelings
You"re 5 Write the words in two columns (adjectives and
wrong! nouns) in your notebook.
afraid • anger • angry • bored boredom
excited • excitement • fear • happiness • happy
loneliness
h • lonely sad • sadness
1 2 3
2 Match the words and phrases in the story in 1 48 Listen, check and repeat.
6
with their definitions.
1 to have a good relationship with somebody 7 (LISTENING] 49 Listen. Write down the feeling
2 to stop being friendly with someone because you expressed by each speaker.
ave a a isagreement wit t em
1
3 to become friends again after a disagreement 3 5
2 4
4 to meet and spend time together
5 to have angry disagreements with somebody 8 [SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Ask and answer
6 to agree with somebody questions about the feelings in 5.
7 to have the same interests or opinions as When do you feel bored?
someone
8 a group of friends
When I'm waiting for my friends.
9 people in your class at school 10 a good friend
e
Qanelina
Zafar and Nadeem had been great friends since the age of five. They used to go to the same primary school. When they finished primary school, they both went to the same secondary school. That school was a 20-minute walk from their village in a town on the other side of the river. Every morning Zafar and Nadeem used to walk there and back together.
Zafar and Nadeem didn't always see eye to eye. They didn't use to argue much, but occasionally they had arguments about school. They were both and wanted to get the best marks in their class. One wet Wednesday afternoon, they were walking back from school together,
Nadeem in the face. Nadeern was shocked at first, but then he picked up a stick, and wrote in the sand by the side of the road: (Today my friend Zafar slapped me'.
The pair of friends carried on their way home in silence. The rain kept on falling, As they got closer to the river, a section of the river bank broke because of the rain and the
• -'231.
water carried both boys into the river. Nadeem couldn't swim but straight away Zafar was there by his side, pulling him to pafety. After Nadeem had calmed down, he took a stone and wrote on a big rock: 'Today my friend Zafar saved my life ,
Zafar said: 'Earlier, you wrote in the sand saying that I hit you. But now you've written on a rock. Why?' Nadeem replied: 'Writing in the sand disappears quickly. When our friends do something bad to us, we should forget it quickly. But when friends do good things and show us kindness, we should always remember it, just as the writing on a rock remains forever.' When Nadeem had finished speaking, Zafar put his arm round his shoulder and they continued on their way home.
Read this story about two friends called Nadeem |
3 |
Read the story again and answer these questions. |
|
and Zafar. Are Nadeem and Zafar still friends at |
|
1 |
What was the only problem in Nadeem and Zafar's |
the end of the story? |
|
|
relationship? |
2 Put these events in the story in the correct ordere |
|
2 |
Why did Zafar hit Nadeem? |
|
|
3 |
What happened to the river on this particular day? |
Nadeem and Zafar started studying at secondary |
|
4 |
Why did Zafar need to help Nadeem? |
school. |
|
5 |
What did Nadeem need to write his second message? |
b Zafar wanted Nadeem to explain his actions. |
|
6 |
What was the lesson that Nadeem gave Zafar about friendship? |
c Nadeem wrote a message on a rock.
d Nadeem did very well in a test one day at school.
g Nadeem and Zafar met for the first time.
5
h Nadeem wrote a message in the sand.
Zafar saved Nadeem's life.
6 j Zafar got particularly angry with Nadeem.
What do the underlined words in the text mean?
Guess and then check in your dictionary.
SPEAKING What about you?
1 What do you think is the secret of friendship?
2 What other stories about friends or friendship do you know?
ast-perf
la Look at the sentences. Which actions happened first, the green or the red?
1 Zafar was angry with Nadeem because he had got the highest mark.
2 When Nadeem had finished speaking, they continued on their way home.
1b Choose the correct alternative.
We use the past perfect to talk about an activity in the past which happened before/ after another activity in the past.
lc Complete the rule.
To make the past perfect, we use the past of
2a PRONUNCIATION The contracted form of had is 'd. Look at these sentences. Add 'd to the sentences that should be in the past perfect.
1 Heknown him since he
was five.
went to live in another town.
gone to the shops.
4 weseen him that morning.
presentation video.
ewnt esentenc&1m3aas.one-sentencee-Puton ver In t e past pe ect an t e ot er In t e past simp e. Use when or after.
1 When I had put my pyjamas m, I got into bed.
2
3
5
6
4 Complete these sentences in a logical way using the past perfect.
1 was onely because everybody had left,
2 I was feeling ill because
3 They were very happy because
4 She was bored because
5 We were angry because 6 He was feeling sad because
7 Yesterday I was excited because
8 They were afraid because
took her phone with her, 6 1 given him my pen. 2b 50 Listen and check your answers. 2c 50 Listen again and repeat the sentences with 'd. 3a Match the sentences. 1 I put my pyjamas on. Ryan was always an amazing student. Before he was seven, 2 She finished the shopping.(learn) to speak five languages. Before he |
5 Complete the text with the past perfect form of the verbs given.
3 They finished their lunch. He got out of the pool.
We finished the test.
6 I found my keys.
a They left the restaurant.
b I got into bed.
I opened the door.
d She carried it home.
e We gave it to the teacher.
f He dried himself with a towel.
was 16, he (b) (pass) all his university entrance
because they (c)(give) him a place to study there. Ryan (d)(not make) many friends when he
(be) at school. But by the end of the first week at university, he (f) (meet) lots of people with similar interests to him. At school he (g)(not see) eye to eye with most of his classmates. It seemed to him that he had much more in common with his university friends. It (h)(take) him a long time, but finally he had a circle of friends to chat to about his studies.
Develooina vocabularv
1 begin to learn English |
5 start to ride a bike |
1 |
Look at the words. Which suffix, -ness, -ship, |
2 travel to a different |
6 go on holiday without |
|
or -dom, can we add to them? Does the spelling of any of the words change? |
country |
his/her parents |
|
|
3 learn to read 7 use a computer bored • free • friend • happy • ill • king
4 swim in the sea leader • lonely • mad • relation • sad • weak
I'd bored — boredom
2 51 Listen, check and repeat.
3 Complete the sentences using the noun form of the appropriate word in 1.
7 Look at the sentences and choose the correct |
|
|
a\ternative in the rusesg |
1 |
That's a crazy idea. It's |
1 Every morning Zafar and Nadeem used to walk there |
2 |
is being able to control and |
and bacl< together. |
|
direct a group of people. |
2 They didn't use to argue much. |
3 |
To beat the other team we need to find their |
a We use used to to tall< about single actions/habits in the past. |
|
There must be something that |
b After used to we use the infinitive/past simple. |
|
they aren't very good at. |
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 106 |
|
|
|
what he likes, when he likes. |
|
8 |
Isabel used to live in a small village on the Costa del Sol in Spain. Now she lives in New York. Complete the |
5 |
What's the between Lucas and Hannah? Are they family or friends? |
|
|
sentences with used to or didn't use to. |
6 |
Flu is a very common |
|
|
1 |
Isabel speak Spanish all the time. |
7 |
Money can't buy you |
|
|
travel by Subway. swim in the sea. see thousands of people on |
8 |
I think television is popular because of the that people feel when they have nothing to do. |
|
|
the streets. |
4a Complete the questions with the correct |
|
|
|
know everybody who lived |
noun suffix. |
|
|
|
in her street. |
1 What is important for a good |
4
friend
2 What is your biggest weak.
3 How much free do you think you have?
4 What do you think is the secret of happ(y)
9a SPEAKING; Complete these sentences about yourself when you were seven with used to or didn't use to. 6 Would you like to go to the United
1 have lots of homework. Kingone day?
7 Have you ever had a moment of 2 like drawing and painting.
3 |
play computer games. |
|
4 |
read books in English. |
4b SPEAKIN$ Work with a partner. Ask and answer |
5 |
spend a lot of time alone. |
these questions. |
mad
6 spend a lot of time at home,
9b Work with a partner. Compare your answers.
Unit,B
Gateway to life skills: Personal well-being
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES
• To learn about friendship styles. • To think about situations when you need to make new friends. • To decide the best way for new students to make friends at school and locally. |
KEY CONCEPTS feel part of [phrase]: Now I feel part of the group — we're all close and get on well. share [v]: When I have food at break time, I share it with my friends so they all have some. isolated, disconnected [adj]: I don't have any friends here. I feel isolated/disconnected from the others. take part in [phrase]: Some people like taking part in sports |
events but others prefer to watch.
la Choose the best alternative for you.
1 I prefer spending my time alone/with mv familv/with one qood friend/with a small qroup of friends/with a biq group of friends. 2 1've known most of my friends for a verv Iona time/for a year or so/since only recentl_y. 3 1 find it very easy/easv/difficult to chat to somebody meet for the first time. ADVICE / CATEGORIES FACTFILE A-Z 1 |
1b In what situations do we have to make new friends? Work with a partner. Make a list. 2 READING Read this page from a website, How many of your ideas from 1b can you find? HELPLtNES |
We ate need to make new friends sometimessThere are many reasons why, including:
You may have moved to a new town or even a new country!
5 Your close friend or friends may have changed school or moved away,
You may have fallen out with your circle of friends or you may have less in common with them than you used to. You may be away from your friends and family on a 10 holiday camp or an educational trip.
WHAT YOU CAN DO:
everyone feels it at some time. It does not mean that lhet-e is someihing wrong with you. li is a silualion that you can change, Changing ihe siluation may involve finding and developing a circle ot friends. But i} limes alone; to use them more constructively and enjoyably.
15
Do nol wait for other people to visit you or speak to you Try lo talk to people you sit nexl to in class or at meals or in breaks. Say hello or even just smile at people you pass n the building
Try to put yourself in new situations where you wilt meet people with similar interests to you. Join in with activilies that you are genuinely interested in and enjoy dubs, sports or voluntary worl<.
Bul do not do loo rnuch don't fill your time with too many things just so that you are not alone
20 Try not to be critical ot your efforts. IQemind yourself that close friendships lake time to develop.
Build relationships by being a good friend to others.
Respond to oihers and -lheir interests (bul do nol prelend 10 be interested if you aren't really).
Some people are more comfortable in groups and others in h one40-one' situations. Consider your own preferences and . Find others with similar preferences,
ccor mg_o e In orma •on n e ex , are e resin-the-orderin-which----—— the line(s) where you found the answer. the students mention them,
1 The only way to change your loneliness is by
5c 52 Explain the significance of each being with other people. picture and how they helped to make
2 It is important to take the first step when you are lonely.
3 To stop loneliness, go out at every possible moment.
4 If you're lonely, don't go alone to do your
favourite activities.
5 You need to be patient when you are lonely. 6 It's always better to be in big groups of friends
than just with one friend.
4 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Discuss your answers to these questions.
1 Imagine you are at a language school in the UK for three weeks. Do you think you will find it difficult to malce new friends? Why/Why not?
2 What's the best idea to help you make friends in the
article?
7
5a Look at the photos. Work with a partner. How do you think they could help people to make new friends at university?
friends. Listen again if necessary,
52 Which speaker (1—4)
made friends thanks to a skill they had?
b made friends almost without moving?
c needed time to make friends?
d made friends by helping other people to relax from their studies?
e had other people offering to do the same as them?
f did an activity that they really enjoyed in order to make friends?
Whose idea do you think would work best for you? Why?
Lief—ninoGrammar in enntayt
DISCOVER YOUR Put a tick (V) next to any statements SECRET SELF! which you think are true for you. |
|
I feel I have to be right all the time. If I don't do my best, I get angry with myself When I go shopping, I don't buy anything if I'm not 100% happy with it. I enjoy criticising other people but I hate people criticising me Understanding other people's opinions isn't easy for me. I love giving presents to my friends and family. I'm good at drawing. writing and acting. I find it easy to talk about how I feel, When I feel sad or lonely I feel very sad or lonely. I hate rules and obligations because my freedom is the most important thing. 3 My idea of excitement is doing sudokus and crosswords I always think hard before making a decision. I'm usually very hard-working at school. I stay calm in difficult situations, I learn by watching and reading more than by doing In a group, I'm the one who makes decisions. I hate being with people who can't make decisions. I love having a good argument I'm not afraid of telling people what I think I find it hard to say sorry. |
|
We use the gerund: |
We use the infinitive: |
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRAMMAR REFERENCE |
PAGE 106 |
Understanding other people's opinions isn't easy,
4 I find it easy to talk about how I feel.
5 I learn by watching.
6 Nobody wanted to make the decision.
7 A: Why did you shout at the waiter?
B: To tell him the food was no good.
1b Put the rules below in the correct column.
1 as the subject of a sentence.
2 to explain why somebody does something 3immediately after adjectives.
4 after certain verbs like want.
5 with go to talk about physical activities.
6 after prepositions.
|
last night. |
Section 6? Now find out what each section means on |
6 |
Jessica often/never apologises. |
the next page. |
7
2 Look at these statements. Which rule in 1b explains why we use the gerund or infinitive in each one?
Section |
results mean. |
|
|
|
] it cliftic:ult something. |
say no ji someone asks me to |
2 Now turn to page 148 to discover what your5
3 LISTENING 53 Listen to Jessica talking toI lave making other people feel goocl
Jack about the questionnairee Answer thesePeople often come to me to get advice.
questions.i ali.n,y ays want to help ray tnencls ancl family
1 Which section (1—4) do they talk about? 2 Do Jessica and Jack agree with the results? |
I I'm interested in becoming a doctor or a nurs n one day |
2 Jack thinks Jessica isn't very good at waiting/ listening.
Shouting is hornble in my opinion.
3 Jessica and Jack have an argument about why/ I make problems clisappear by noi thinking e_bout them. how long he waited last week.
4 |
Jessica agrees/doesn't agree that she likes |
|
|
|
arguing. |
3 |
Tick (V) the statements in 2 that are true for you. |
5 |
Jessica didn't like the service/qualitv of the food |
|
Where do you have more ticks, in Section 5 or |
Unite
You're warm and caring and you think it's easy (a) (make) friends. You do many things (b) (make) your friends' lives better, But (c) (be) helpful can sometimes get you into trouble because you want (d) (know) what problems people are having
no-mance: You like (e) (show) your emotions but you can be possessive. Don't go (fall) in love too fast!
5deaI Nurse, doctor, primary school teacher
aduice: Learn to say no and don't be afraid
(make) it clear what you want from life.
You never want (h)
(argue) about anything. You're calm and open-minded. You enjoy (i) (isten) to other people and you think it's important (j) (hear) different opinions. But (k) (do) what other people want all the time can be tiring
fRcnuuace: By (l) (accept) your partner's ideas, you seem an ideal partner. But it's important (m) (spend) time doing what you want.
Social worker, receptionist, gardener
5 Do you agree with the results? Why/Why not?
William Hanna and Joseph Barbera
6 Read this text and find eight mistakes with gerunds and infinitives.
William Hanna and Joseph Barbera were the creators of popular cartoons. They were responsible for create Tom and Jerry, The Flintstones, and Scooby-Doo. Hanna and Barbera had different skills. Hanna, for example, liked singing and play music. Barbera was very good at think of funny situations for the characters. Hanna used to go walk and he enjoyed to be outdoors. Barbera relaxed by go to the beach. Eat good food was another of his hobbies. They had different personalities but they got on really well. They were always excited about work together. They remained partners and friends for over 60 years.
7 Finish these questions using a gerund or an infinitive.
What type of person are you?
1 Are you interested in meeting new. people
2 Do you enjoy
3 One day do you want
4 Do you ever go
5 Do you find it easy
6 Is it important for you
7 Do you hate
8 Why do you go
9 Do you think is a good idea?
10 Are you excited about
8b SPEAKING Tell the class some things you discovered about your partner.
discovered that my partner is interested in watching o/d black-and-white films. |
I
la SPEAKING Work with a partner. What types of things name of the tense and the explanation of its use. do you like doing with your friends? Make a list.
SPEAKING BANK |
|
Using different past tenses 1 I went to a barbecue, 2 We used to go there a lot. 3 They'd made a lot of food. 4 When I was getting food, I met Oliver. a past continuous b past perfect c past simple d used to an activity in progress at a moment in the past. We often use it to describe scenes in the past. ii a completed action in the past. iii a past habit iv an activity that happened before another action in the past. |
1b Look at the photos. What can you see in each photo? Which event would you prefer to be at and why?
4 Think of an event that you went to with your friends or family, Prepare to talk about it by looking at these questions„ Make notes but do not write complete sentences.
|
|
|
|
|
|
IS en o a conversa Ion a ou |
what the event |
||||
1
Where did you go?
2 Who did you go with?
3 What did you do there?
4 How many people were there?
5 Did you I<now eveybody there?
6 Who did you meet or chat to?
7 Was there any food? What was it like?
8 What did you wear?
9 Did you enjoy yourself?
10 What time did the event end?
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
5 SPEAKING Work with a partner. Take it in turns to do this task. Use your notes from 4 and the Speaking bank to help you.
Tell your partner about an event that you went to with
the barbecue in picture b and answer these was questions. n what you did there
1 Why did Joe have a barbecue?your opinion of the event, giving reasons.
2 Where was the barbecue?
EXAM SUCCESS |
|
What language is useful in tasks where you have to report past events? EXAM SUCCESS page 146 |
3 What was the music lil<e and why?
4 How many people went?
5 Who had made all the food?
6 Who did Lee meet at the barbecue?
'unit 8,
Dear Hemy, I hope you're well. I've got a bit of a problem at the moment and I wanted to ask you for help. Do you remember my friend Jonathan? He used to be in the basketball team with me. Recently, he's stopped talking to me. About a month ago he started going out with a new circle of friends. At about the same time, he left the basketball team. And at school his marks are getting worse. I really like Jonathan, and I don't mind if he goes out with other friends. But I'm worried about him, I think his new friends are having a really bad influence on him. What should I do? Please write back soon and tell me what you think. All the best, Dan |
|
L)ear Sophie, I'm writing to you because I need some advice. Do you remember El lie? We've been best friends since primaxy school. But recently I've realised that I don't have anything in cornmon Wilh her any rnore. Maybe it's because I sing in a band now and I spend a loc or time hanging out with them. When I'm with my friends in the band, we always talk about music: and Ellie isn't really interested in that. So when she asks if she can corne with us, I always have to invent reasons why she can't. I feel bad aboul lying to her. I know she's having a hard time. What should I do? Please write back soon, Rachel |
|
Read this emaile What problem does the writer of the letter have?Read this email. What problem does this writer have? What advice would you give? Think of at least three different ideas.
2 SPEAKING Work with a partner. What advice would
you give Rachel?
3
Read Sophie's reply. Is her advice similar
to yours? Do you think it's good advice? |
5b SPEAKING, Work with a partner, Compare your ideas. |
Why/Why not? |
Are they similar? |
L)ear Rachel, |
6 PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT Write an email giving advice Dan. Use |
to the email in 3, your ideas from It was good to hear from you, bul I'm sorry [o hear 5, and the Writing bank to help you. abou[ your problem Here's my advice.
First of all, I think you really should chat to Ellie. '101 1 her the truth that ou ive Ota new hobb and new friends. Next, explain that i['s difficult because your new friends don'[ have much in common will) her. So, suggest spending some time alone Ellie but say [hat _you also need time alone with your new friends. Aller that, tell her [hat this new situation isn't her fault or your fault. Who knows? Maybe one day in the lulure you'll both have more in common again. Lastly, loll Ellie thal you're sure she'll find a new group of friends soon, just like you have.
Anyway, I hope you find [his advice useful.
Good luck!
Sophie
8
FORM |
|
USE |
Affirmative |
subject + had ('d) + past participle |
We use the past perfect to talk about actions that |
|
She had left the classroom. |
happened before another action or actions in |
Negative |
subject + had not (hadn't) + past participle |
the past. |
|
They hadn't seen hen |
I kad done my homework When my mum came |
Question |
had + subject + past participle |
home. (= First I did my homework and then my mum came home.) |
|
Had you finished the exercise? |
We often use time expressions such as when, after, |
Short answers used to |
Yes, subject + had. No, subject + hadn't Yes, / had. No, they hadn't. |
by the time, as soon as with the past perfect. |
FORM |
|
USE |
Affirmative |
used to play with dolls when I was small |
• We use used to to talk about past habits, |
Negative |
She didn't use to have so many exams when |
things we did regularly in the past but not |
Past perfect
she was at primary school. now.
Gerunds and infinitives
USE
We use the gerund:
as the subject of a sentence. Running is good for you.
after prepositions.
I'm interested in learning languages.
after verbs of liking or disliking, e.g. like, love, enjoy, can't stand, don't mind, hate. I enjoy going out.
with go to talk about physical activities. yo runnuy, yo swimming, yo cycling, yo shopping, yo fishing
We use the infinitive:
to explain why somebody does something. Why did he yo to the shops? To buy milk.
immediately after adjectives.
It's good to express your feelings.
1 Friendships circle of friends classmates close friend •o to fall out with somebody to get on well with somebody to hang out with somebody to have an argument with somebody to have in common • to malce it up with somebody • to see eye to eye
2 Feelings afraid (adj) anger (n) • angry (adj) • bored (adj) • boredom (n) excited (adj) • excitement (n) fear (n) happiness (n) happy (adj) loneliness (n) • lonely (adj) • sad (adj) • sadness (n)
3 Noun suffixes -ness, -ship, -dom boredom • freedom • friendship • happiness • • kingdom leadership • loneliness • madness • relationship • sadness • weakness
B
Past perfect
1 Complete the sentences in a logical way. Put one verb in the past perfect and the other in the past simple.
1 When I (finish) my breakfast, I
(brush) my teethe
2 When the students (do) the exam, the teacher (say) they could go. 3 She (dry) her hair after she (wash) it.
used to
4
5
6
7 / 7 points
They (take) her to the hospital because she (have) an accident. They didn't see the start of the film because
when they (arrive) at the cinema it
(start).
(write) the email, he (send) it.
They (go) into the museum when they (buy) the tickets.
/ 4 points
2
I He |
eat a lot of fast food. |
prepare healthy meals. |
|
do exercise. |
sit watching TV all day. |
Gerunds and infinitives |
|
/ 8 points |
3 Choose the correct alternative. Why do we use the gerund or infinitive in each case?
1 1 went to the shops
2 Are you interested in seeina/see that film? 3 Smoking/To smoke is bad for your health.
4 Why don't we go fishing/to fish this weekend?
FRIENDSHIPS / 7 points
Match the words from each column to complete the phrases.
1 to get on
2 to have
3 to have things
4 to see
5 to fall out
6 to hang
7 to make it
FEELINGS
5 Sam can't stand cycling/to cycle to school.
6 1 want listening/to listen to that new album.
7 The burglar got in by opening/open the window. 8 Are you ready helping/to help_ me?
a in common |
1 the opposite of strength: w |
b eye to eye |
2 the feeling when nobody is with you and you |
c with somebody d well with somebody |
bad: |
e an argument with somebody |
3 something that affects people and makes them |
f up with somebody |
do crazy things: m |
g out with somebody |
4 the connection between two people: |
/ 7 points |
5 something which makes you feel bad or |
2 Write the nouns for these adjectives. Is each feeling |
unhealthy: i |
generally positive (+), negative (—) or it depends |
6 being able to do what you want, with no |
1 sad 5 angry |
obligations: f |
2 afraid 6 excited 3 lonely 7 happy 4 bored |
7 the ability to organise and lead others: |
Total:6
TIP FOR READING EXAMS |
|
|
|
In True/FaIse activities, remember . Read the sentences that you need to prove true or false and find the section of the text where the information comes. Read those sections again in more detail. > EXAM SUCCESS page 145 |
|
3 Read the text again and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F). Write down the number(s) of the line(s) where you found the answer.
1 Fraser Doherty's jams are a mixture of tradition and new ideas.
|
You are going to read a text about a young man called Fraser |
2 |
Fraser started by producing 1 ,000 jars of jam a week. |
|
Doherty. First, match the words to the pictures, |
|
|
|
|
3 |
At first, Fraser made and sold |
|
jam grapes factory |
|
the jam in his free time. |
|
|
4 |
Fraser still makes jam at home. |
|
|
5 |
Fraser has a very positive opinion of typical, old jam. |
|
|
6 |
Fraser wanted to make a |
2 |
Read the text. How has Fraser Doherty become a millionaire? |
|
new type of jam but he didn't know what people |
5 10 15 20 25 |
day The to 1 jam to to jam for |
|
JAM MILLIONAIRE rasor Doherty is very hard-working and ambitious. In fact, he's so hardworking and ambitious that at the age of 24 ho was already a millionaire! Fraser was 1 4 when he started making jam. There had been a special rnaking jam for generations and generations in the Doherty family. One grandmother told Fraser the secret and, with her help, he began to his own unusual jams, all called SuperJam. was obviously good because soon Fraser was making it and selling it friends and neighbours after school. Within four years he was producing jars of jam a week from his parents' home in Edinburgh, Scotland. In when he was just 17, he won a contract to produce 120,000 jars of week for a big British supermarket. That moant that he needed to start jam in a factory, not at home. Fraser was 18 he studied business at Strathclyde University in He hoped that his business would go well and grow and if it did he sell to other supermarkets. Things went really well. Today he sells jam 2,000 supermarkets around the world, from Australia jams are often 80 per cent sugar, but Mr Doherty, company is called SuperJam, has created a alternative. He uses grape juice, not sugar. His aim make jam as healthy as possible. He wanted to |
7 Fraser's dad was happy when Fraser used their home for business. 8 Fraser's dreams at university came true. Writing
4 Work with a partner. Look at this advice for writing a letter to apply for a job. What other advice can you think of? 1 Say which advertisement you are writing about. 2 Write expressions like I look forward to hearing from you. |
||||||||
way of his invent jam his ,000 2007, a producing When Glasgow. could over Russia! Traditional whose healthy was to replace with frightening people |
||||||||||||
the traditionally unhealthy a 'super jarn'. 1 1t was quite to change a product that have made the same way hundreds of ears, but I wanted |
'Fraser has taken an old product and he has rnade it young, exciting and modern.' he in be |
|||||||||||
|
30 35 |
to add a new dimension: Fraser has also been creative with new ingredients like kiwi and lime. A food expert said: 'Fraser has taken an old product and he has made it young, exciting and modern. ' Mr Doherty's father, Robert, said that was sad when Fraser moved to a factory because he used to like watching Fraser making the jams at their family home Edinburgh. But now he can certainly happy with his son's incredible international success, based on a grandmother's secret recipe! |
o not use contractions 5 You see an advertisement for a summer job at Fraser Doherty's jam factory. Write a letter to appty and include this information. You can invent it. Why you are writing Personal qualities you have that could help to get the job What experience you have |
|||||||||
|
would think.
7-8
TIP FOR LISTENING EXAMS |
|
|
|
In multiple-choice listening activities, remember If you don't hear the answer to one question, start listening immediately for the answer to the next question. Don't panic. You will probably be able to hear the dialogue again. EXAM SUCCESS page 145 |
|
6 LISTENING' 55 Listen to two teenagers talking about working in the summer. What job do they talk about and in which place?
7 55 Listen again and choose the correct answers.
1 Sarah doesn't know what to do because a nobody has offered her a job for the summer.
b she doesn't want to go away.
c she doesn't know if she lil<es the job they've offered.
2 Sarah is worried because a she doesn't have any experience of working with children.
b the last time she worked with children it didn't go very well.
c she doesn't like little children.
3 When Jim worked with kids he was a tired. b bored.
c angry all the time.
CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS 7-8 |
advice you and personalities -ship, |
4 4 4 |
|
1 How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark from 1 to 4.
a I can express obligation, prohibition and using modal verbs like must and should. b I can talk about imaginary situations and their consequences using the second conditional. c I can describe jobs and the personal qualities need to do them. d I can ask about jobs, making polite requests. e I can write a simple job application. f I can talk about the past using the past perfect used to. g I can talk about friendships and feelings. h I can understand texts about different and relationships. can make nouns using the suffixes —ness, and —dom. |
|||
j I can write an emai giving a vjce to a nen 2 Now decide what you need to do next to improve. 1 Look again at my book/notes. 2 Do more practice exercises. WORKBOOK Units 7 and 8 3 Ask for help. 4 Other: |
|
||
|
|||
|
4 The family will a pay Sarah something.
b pay for Sarah to go to New York but not to return.
c only give Sarah free food and a room.
5 Jim thinks Sarah should a think hard before she takes the job. b get experience of working with kids before taking the job.
c accept the job now and worry later.
8 What about you?
TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS |
|
|
|
In activities where you report past events, remember . Use a variety of past tenses and different expressions of time and sequence (first, nextÄthen, later). > EXAM SUCCESS page 146 |
|
9 Look at this exam task. You have a few minutes to make a note of things you are going to say or questions you are going to ask. Do not write complete sentences.
Tell your partner about a time when you made a new friend. Tell your partner:
• when and where you met the person
• how you became friends
• information about the person and your relationship with them
é-efiildféffjS¯ a difficult job? Why/Why not? 7-8 |
10 SPEAKING Student A, tell your partner about your experience. When you finish, change roles,
tea.
e to
Vocabulary
1 Work with a partner and match some of these words with the book coverss Check that you understand all the words,
comic • crime novel • fairy tale • fantasy graphic novel • historical fiction • horror play • romance • science fiction • thriller
2 056 Listen and repeat.
3 SPEAKING] Work with a partners Ask and answer these questions.
1 Do you like reading fiction?
2 How often do you read fiction?
3 Which types of fiction do you enjoy reading the most? Why?
4 Are there any types of fiction which you dislike? Which? Why?
4 Match the words with the book titles
atlas • autobiography • biography cookbook • encyclopaedia • guidebook magazine • manual • newspaper textbool<
1 Explore New York guidebook
2 How to get the most from your tablet
3 My life by Bill Clinton
4 Shakespeare by Bill Bryson
5 My Grandmother's Mexican Kitchen:
100 Family Recipes
6 Asia (World in maps)
7 The Times 8 Gateway
9 National Geographic
10 Britannica
9
a b c
d
ILhv• Tales of Ten W0'lds
5a PRONUNCIATION Practise saying the words in 4 and put them in the correct columne
atlas
5b 57 Listen, check and repeat.
5c Look again at the words in 1. Can you put any of them into these coHumns?
6 LISTENING' 58 Listen to the conversations, What types of book or publication are the people talking about in each conversation? They can be fiction or non-fiction.
1 4
2 5
3
7 SPEAKING Work with a partners Compare how often, and in what situations, you read different non-fiction.
I read cookbooks sometimes because I enjoy coo/<ing. I read them to find new things to make.
I never read cool<books because I never cook. What about manuals?
ENI ENT
WHSmitli
. Before, most people |
. The second of these two |
He swims. But not |
knew him as one of the two |
books, Mr Stink, was for teenagers. |
just in his local swimming |
main actors in the Bit-ish |
It won the Children's Award in |
pool. In 2006, he swam |
comedy series Little Britain. But |
the People's Book Prize in 2010. |
from England to France. He |
now, especially with children, he |
The books were so popular that he |
made about one million |
is probably more famous as a |
continued writing. |
pounds for charity. Since then |
bestselling author. In fact, some |
|
he's also swum about 225 |
now say that he is the UK's most |
.. It is about a boy who is the |
kilometres of the River Thames, |
successful children's writer, having |
richest 12-year-old in the world. |
this time raising two million |
sold 2.8 million copies of his first six |
-P He has a Foxmula One racing car, |
pounds. When he finished, |
books in five years. |
a thousand pairs of trainers, a billion |
he told reporters: 'l think I've |
|
pounds, but there's just one thing he |
just swum the length of the |
He started acting at |
needs: a friend. The book came with a |
Thames! I feel quite tired. I |
school. Then he went to |
billion pound note that readers could |
think a bath is the only water I |
university and after that he |
use to enter a competition to vvån a day |
want to see for quite a while.' |
joined the National youth Theatre. |
as a billionaire in London! |
|
That was where he met Matt Lucas |
|
A boat was canyng |
who became his partner in creating |
His sixth book, Demon |
copies of one of his books |
the Little Britain series in 2003. |
Dentist, sold more than 220,000 |
from China to the UK, A |
|
copies in just the first two |
storm hit the boat and 30,000 |
|
months of being Walliams |
copies of the book fell into the |
. He showed that he could |
said: 'Demon Dentist is my very first |
gea! His said that they |
act in serious plays and films, not just comedies. He also |
horror story . .. I hope children of |
were making an extra 30,000 copies of the book in Europe to |
worked as a judge on the popular |
all ages will love the new book's combination of chills, action and of |
substitute the copies that the sea |
reality show, Britain's Got Talent. |
course comedy.' |
had destroyed. |
EXAM SUCCESS |
3 Look at the photos in 1 again. Explain the significance of each one. |
|
You are going to do a missing sentences activity. in this type of |
||
activity you have to find the best place to put various sentences 4 $RITICALTHINKING |
||
taken from a text. How can you check this activity when you finish? Think! Then compare ideas with |
||
EXAM SUCCESS page 146 your class. |
||
2 Read the article again and put sentences a—h into gaps 1—8 in read? Why? |
||
the text. |
||
But it was in 2008 that he signed a contract to write two children's 5 What do the underlined words in the |
|
books. |
|
text mean? Guess and then check in |
b |
Walliams was born in 1 971 |
|
your dictionary, |
c |
His books have continued to sell well. |
|
|
d |
When he isn't acting or writing, Walliams has an interesting hobby, |
6 |
SPEAKING What about you? |
e |
He continued appearing on TV in different types of programmes. |
|
1 What were your favourite books or |
f |
David Walliams is a man of many talents. |
|
stories when you were younger? |
g |
However, he wasn't very lucky with water in 2013. |
|
2 Who is your favourite author now, and why? |
h His third book was called Billionaire Boy.
9
Reported-speech—statement
la Look at what David Walliams said to journalists.
1 Demon Dentist is my very first horror story. 2 ! hope children of all ages will love the new book.
3 1 think I've just swum the length of the Thames!
4 1 feel quite tired.
Now look at what the journalist wrote.
a Mr Walliams said Demon Dentist was his very first horror story.
b He told us he hoped children of all ages would love the new book.
c He said that he thought he had just swum the length of the Thames.
d He told the interviewer that he felt quite tired.
1 b Answer these questions.
1 What happens to the verbs when they go into reported speech?
2 What happens to most pronouns and possessive adjectives when they go into reported speech? 3 What is the difference between say and tell?
4 After say and tell do we always need to use that?
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 120
2 Match these sentences in direct and reported speech. One of the reported speech sentences can go with more than one of the sentences in direct speech.
1 I write novels. f
2 I'm writing a novel.
3 I wrote a novel.
4 I've written a novel.
5 I'll write a novel.
6 I can write novels.
7 I may write a novel.
8 I have to write a novel.
a She said she could write novels.
1 Ing nove
c She said she had written a novel. d She said she'd write a novel.
e She said she might write a novel.
f She-said—she-wrote-novels g She said she had to write a novel.
9
O
presentation video.
00 e-examp esun-2-an putthetenses-and ver s In t e correct p aces In t eta e.
could • had to • might • past continuous past perfect • past-sift* • would
Direct speech Reported speech
1 present simple past simple
2 present continuous
3 past simple
4 present perfect
5 will
6 can
7
8 must/have to
4 Complete the sentences with said or told. Which fictional character is 'he'?
he sometimes wore glasses,
2 me he had come to Earth from a different planet.
3 us that he could fly.
4 that he was working as a journalist.
5 he didn't like kryptonite. 6 that he had an 'S' on the front of his costume.
5 Rewrite the sentences in 4 as direct speech.
1 1 sometimes Wear glasses.
6 There are other words which we often change when we put statements into reported speech. Look at this example.
'l read this book last week.'
She said she had read that book the previous week.
Use the words in the box to complete the table.
a (week/month/year) ago • here last (week/month/year) • next (week/month/year) this • today • tomorrow • tonight • yesterday
Direct speech Reported speech
1 this that
2 there
3 that day
4 the day before
5 the next/following day
6 that night
7 the following (week/month/year)
8 the previous (week/month/year)
9 a (week/month/year) before
G Develooina vocabularv
Caltabianø. 1 Read these sentences. Can you guess the meaning of the phrasal verbs in italics? 1 I don't want 10 slop now. I want to read on to the end. 2 Can you read out your answer to the next question so that we can all hear it? 3 I don't understand some of these words. I'm going to look them up in my dictionary. 4 I want you all to turn over the page and continue reading. 5 Read the sentences and then fill in the gaps. 6 He flicked through the book quickly to see if he liked it before he bought it. 7 It doesn't look good when you make lots of mistakes and then you cross them out. 2 Match the phrasal verbs in 1 with the definitions. a Read so that other people can hear you. b Draw an X or a line through some writing to show that it's not correct. c Write information in empty spaces. g Turn the pages of a book quickly, not looking carefully. I Went to a sports camp last summer. cross • flick • look • on ' out • over I always yo to the beach in the summer. 8b Read out your sentence to the other The other day I was in a bookshop. I picked up a novel by a new people in your class or group. writer and began to (a) through it. I didn't really read any of it, but I decided to buy it and took it home. When
8c When eve bod has read out their |
people said. Can you remember everyone's sentence? Mia said that she had gone to a sports camp the previows summer.
Jack told us that he always Went to the beach the summer.
8d {$PÉÅKINÉI Work with a partner. Compare your answers. Do you have the same? If not, find out who is right by asking the person.
decided to There were lots of unusual
words that I had to (c)up in the dictionary. I turned (d)another page and then another but I still didn't
like it. I told my friend and he asked me to read (e) a section so that he could hear. He said that the writer was using too many words to say something simple and that it was repetitive. He could (f)out half the words because they were unnecessary. In the end, I stopped reading that book and picked up another one.
9 113
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES • To read and think about the start of a novel. To hear people recommending books to read. To read a book and discuss it in a 'book club'. |
KEY CONCEPTS browse [v]: I was browsing an online bookshop because I wanted to buy a book but I wasn't looking for a specific title. blurb [n]: I read the blurb on the back of the book and it said that the book was 'a unique horror experience'. back cover [n]: Usually on the book's back cover it tells you about the book and the author. prologue [n]: Before the novel really began, there was a prologue. |
1 Look at the cover of this novel and answer these questions. JAMESPATTERSON
1 What can you see on the cover?
2 What type of novel do you think it is?
3 What do you think the novel is about? Guess.
2 Read the prologue to the novel and answer these questions.
1 What type of novel is it?
2 What does the prologue tell us about the 'angel experiment'? The Angel Experiment
4G 9:20
Congratulations. The fact that you're reading this means you've taken one giant step to surviving till your next birthday. Yes, you standing there, flicking through these pages. Do not put this book down. I'm really serious — your life could depend on it.
This is my story, the story of my family, but it could easily be your story too. We're all in this together, believe me.
I've never done anything like this, so I'm
OK, I'm Max, I'm 14. I live with my family, who are five kids not related to me by blood, but still totally my family.
We're — well, we're kind of amazing. We're like nothing you've ever seen before.
Basically, we're pretty cool, nice, smart —s and very special. The six of us — me, Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the Gasman and Angel were made by the worst, most horrible 'scientists' you could possibly imagine. They created us as an experiment. An experiment where we ended up only 98% human. That other 2% has had a big impact, let me tell you.
We grew up in a science laboratory/prison called the School. It's pretty amazing that we can think or speak at all. But we can — and so much more.
There was one other School experiment that survived. Part human, part wolf — all predator: they're called Erasers. They're tough, smarl and hard to control. They look human, but when they want to, they can change into wolf men. The School uses them as guards, police —e and murderers. They want to kill us. And make sure the world never finds out about us.
But I'm not lying own just yet. m e Ing you, right?
This story could be about you — or your children. If not today, then soon. So please, please, take this seriously. I'm risking everything that matters by telling you — but you need to know.
Keep reading — don't let anyone stop you.
Max. And my family: Fang, Iggy, Nudge, the Gasman and Angel.
Welcome to our nightmare.
hes€kharacter 14 years old, 6a Work What with do you a partner. know about Look them?at the books in the table. 2 Max's 'family' |
3 the 'Erasers'
4 The author of this novel, James Patterson, is an expert at making people want to read on to find out what happens next in the story. He does this in different ways. Find a sentence from the text for each of these techniques.
1 The character talks directly to you, the reader. yes, you standing there, flicking through these pages.
2 Generally, the sentences are short and direct. 3 Reading the text is like a dangerous adventure.
4 The reader is made to feel part of the adventure.
5 The writer introduces the characters in the story quickly and dramatically. 6b
6 The language is informal and natural, like listening to a person talking.
7 There is intrigue — you want to know more information.
[LISTENINGÄ 59 Three students are going to read out a short section of the book that they have just finished reading. Then they are going to say what they think of the book. Listen or watch and in 6a match each speaker to a book.
6c (9 59 Watch or listen again, What did each speaker like about their book? Write the number of the speaker next to each item.
6 What are you reading at the moment?
|
Notepad |
VS. SURVEY Comments Reads one or two books a (a) At the moment, reading a (b) book. Goes to the cinema two or three times a (c) ges to see film adaptations. IUinks that with books you knøw what the characters (e) The characters are almost like Sometimes gets a shock watching filpms because the characters (g) to the way she imagined. |
2 Lt$JEMNGi 0 60 Listen and complete the notes. Use just one or two words for each space.
3 0 60 Are these statements True (T) or False (F)? Listen again if necessary.
1 The interviewer asked her how often she bought
2 He wanted to know how often she read science
fiction.
3
4 The man asked the girl how often she went to the cinema,
5 He asked her if she had seen The Hunger
Games films. T/F
6 He asked her whether she preferred reading fiction or non-fiction.
Unit 9
7 Do you prefer reading fiction or non-fiction?
8 He asked her whether she preferred reading fiction or non-fiction.
1 b Choose the correct alternative.
1 We change/don't change tenses, pronouns and words like this and here in the same way in reported statements and reported questions.
2 We use/don't use question marks in reported questions.
3 We use/don't use the auxiliary verb do in reported questions.
4 We put/don't put the verb before the subject in reported questions.
5 We use/don't use if or whether in reported questions when there is no question word
(who, what, why, etc.) in the original question
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 120 |
2 Complete the sentences with a question word or if/whether.
1 They asked the novelist her favourite writer was. She said Tolkien.
2 Kate asked Jennyshe wanted to do.
3 Paul wanted to knowI had come
4 Hannah asked meI wanted a coffee and I said yes.
5 They asked me I had brothers or sisters and I said no.
6 My teacher asked meI hadn't been at school the day before.
7 Karen's mum asked hershe had had a good time.
at that moment. He said that he wasn't but that he was going to start a new one soon.
2 The writer asked the man if he had enjoyed her book. He said that he thought it was the most beautiful thing he'd ever read.
3 The reporter asked the singer why she wouldn't answer any of his questions. She told him that she only wanted to talk about her new album and that she wasn't going to talk about anything else.
Keira: What did you do last night?
Matt: I didn't do much. I just watched TV with my parents. Did you study for the literature exam?
When do we have the exam?
We're doing it today.
Why didn't you remind me?
told you but you weren't listening. Why do you never pay attention to
50 As a class, choose a famous person who you would like to interview. It can be an actor, politician, singer, sports star ...
5b Imagine that this person is coming to your school. With your partner, prepare five questions to ask them.
5c SPEAKING Choose a student to be the famous person. Interview them and make a note of their answers to your questions.
5d SPEAKING! When you finish, work in pairs. Take it in turns to report back the interview.
First we asked him why he had decided to come to our school. He said that he'd been a student here.
Then we wanted to know
1 What is, in your opinion, the most enjoyable book you have ever read? Make notes about it using the 'You' column in this table.
|
You |
Speaker |
|
|
|
Author |
|
|
Type of book |
|
|
Reasons why you like it — the story, descriptions, characters, style, etc • |
2 3 |
1 2 3 |
|
|
1 |
Write notes with your |
a |
a loud, clear voice. |
|
|
|
main ideas but . |
b |
the audience. |
3 |
61 Complete the expressions in the Speaking bank. Listen again if |
2 |
Include an introduction |
c |
a logical order. |
2 LISTENING) 61 Listen to a student giving a 4 Join the sentence halves with advice about giving a presentation about their favourite book. presentation. Complete the table with notes.
necessary. and d a conclusion.
e nat a complete text.
f aloud.
SPEAKING Work with a partnero Put the pictures in order and tell the story.
2 Look at this sentence,
A woman was writing.
Look at picture e and expand the sentence by adding words to describe the scene in more detail. How many words can you add?
3 Look at this sentence. What types of words have been added to the sentence in 2? Is the sentence more interesting than the one in 2? Why? It was the middle of a cold winter and a bright young novel.
4 Read these sentences and match each one to a picture from the story.
1 It was autumn and the golden leaves were falling softly and slowly from the trees.
2 Soon after, they started printing thousands of copies of the novel.
3
When the boss of the company had finished reading the book, he was extremely happy.
5 Look at the advice in the Writing bank. What examples of the advice can you find in the sentences in 4?
'WRITING BANK
Useful advice for writing interesting stories Use adjectives and adverbs to make your writing more descriptive.
The yooy writer immediately took hex novel to publisher,
Use a variety of past tenses. When she finished the book, young writer tmmediatcly t6äL
and sequence.
One day iw spring, a student went
Suddenly he
TWO months later, thr- young left- .
WRITING BANK PAGE 151
6 PRACTECE MAKES PERFECT Write the story in 1. Use the sentences on this page and the advice in the Writing bank to help you.
Reported speech - statements
FORM
When the reporting verb (say, tell) is in the past, the tense of the verb in reported speech usually changes, going one tense 'back'.
Direct speech — |
Reported speech — |
tenses |
tenses |
work at home.' |
She said she worked at |
Present simple |
home. Past simple |
m working.' |
She said she vvas |
Present continuous |
working. Past continuous |
have worked |
She said she had worked. |
Present perfect |
Past perfect |
'l worked. |
She said she had worked. |
Past simple |
Past perfect |
had worked. |
She said she had worked. |
Past perfect |
Past perfect |
will work. |
She said she would work. |
will |
would |
can work. |
She said she could work. |
can |
could |
may work. may |
She said she might work. |
must/have to work. |
She said she had to work. |
must/have to |
had to |
Could, would, should |
might do not change from |
Here are some other words which change from direct to reported speech.
Direct speech |
Reported speech |
this/these |
that/those there |
today |
that day |
yesterday |
the day before |
tomorrow |
the next/following day |
last night |
the night before |
next (week/month/year) |
the following (week/ month/year) |
last (week/month/year) |
the previous (week/ month/year) |
a (week/month/year) ago |
a (week/month/year) |
before
direct to reported speech.
In reported speech, pronouns and possessive adjectives also change.
'I saw your brother.' Anna said .rke had seen my brother.
Reported speech — questions
FORM
The same changes occur with tenses, pronouns and other words as with reported statements. We do not use the auxiliary verb do in reported questions.
'Do you read novels?' She asked me if I read nøvels.
There is no inversion of subject and verb in reported
With say you do not need to use a personal object to say who you are saying something to. He said (...) he had been there.
With tell you must use a personal object to say who you are saying something to.
He toldJohvv he had been there.
USE
We use reported speech to report the words spoken by another person.
'There is nothing new in art except talent,' said Chekluv. ChekJuv said that there Was ptØthiny nzW in art except talent.
Reported questions are not real questions so they do not need question marks.
When there is no question word (who, what, how, why, etc.), we use if or whether.
questions. Vocabulary 1 Fiction comic • crime novel • fairy tale • fantasy • graphic novel • historical fiction • horror • play • romance science fiction ' thriller 2 Non-fiction atlas • autobiography • biography • cookbook • encyclopaedia • guidebook • magazine manual ' newspaper textbook 3 Phrasal verbs connected with reading and writing cross out • fill in • flick through • look up • read on read out • turn over 4 Other words and phrases page 142 |
'Are you OK?' She asked me if I Was OZ.
Reported speech - statements
1 Write the sentences in reported speech.
1 'I'm going to a concert next week,' my sister said 2 'I'll be late tomorrow,' Daniel told the teacher.
3 'This is my dictionary,' said Holly.
4 'I've always wanted to write stories,' said Sylvia.
Reported speech - questions
2 Write these questions in reported speech. 1 'Are you from Mexico?' she asked me.
2 'What time are you going to leave?' Jo asked Paul. 3 'Why were you crying?' I asked Katie.
4 'Have you ever read this book? the teacher asked me
/ 8 points
5 'There is going to be a concert in this room,' they told us.
6 'The play will start at 7 pm tomorrow,' they said.
7 'We haven't read any of your books,' the students told the writer.
8 'l wrote the article yesterday,' said the journalist.
/ 8 points
5 'Will you help me tomorrow?' Tom asked her.
6 'Did the doctor see Sam yesterday?' Abigail asked her dad.
7 'Do you know the answer to this question?' our teacher asked us.
Vocabulary revision
PHRASAL VERBS CONNECTED WITH READING AND WRITING 3 Match the sentence halves. 1 I love this book, I want to read a them out to me in a loud voice. 2 When you finish that page, turn . b it out with a big X. 3 You have to fill . c over and read the next one. 4 Because the text was difficult, I had to look d through it looking at the pictures. 5 I can't read what he wrote because he crossed e up lots of words. 6 I looked at the magazine quickly. I flicked f in the answers on your sheet. 7 I want to hear your answers so please read g on tonight until I get to the end of it. / 40 points 121 |
8 'How many pages does it have?' I asked Jo.
Using a computer
1 Work with a partner. Match the words in the box with the technology in the picture.
hard drive • headset (headphones/microphone) flashdrive/pendrive • keyboard monitor/screen • mouse • mouse mat printer • scanner • speaker • tablet USB cable • USB port • webcam
2 62 Listen, check and repeat.
3 Match the sentence halves.
1 When you copy a document,
2 When you click on something with your mouse,
3 When you save something on a computer,
4 When you mal<e a hardcopy of a document,
5 When you cut and paste something, 6 When you log on/off, a you make it work.
b you start/finish using a computer by giving some information (e.g. a password).
c you keep the information that you put into it. d you make another one that is the same as the original.
e you print it on paper.
f you take it from one document and put it in another place or document.
The Internet
4 LISTENING' 63 Read and listen to this description by a teenager of how she uses the Internet. Check that you understand the wor s n re sea Icttonary necessary.
'I've got broadband so my connection to the Net is quite fast. I usually go online in the evenings, after I've finished my homework, but sometimes I use the Net for schoolwork, too. I surf the Net and look at my favourite websites (my homepage is a website about fashion). My favourite search engine is Google. I sometimes download music and films, but not often. I haven't got a blog but I chat online with my friends using a social networking website.'
unit mo
c d
b
h
n
5a PRONUNCIATION Look at these two sentences. Is download a verb or a noun in each sentence? 1 1 want to download this song. 2 The download didn't work.
5b 64 Listen to the two sentences. Is the pronunciation of download the same in each sentence?
5c 64 Listen again and choose the correct alternative.
1 In two-syllable verbs the stress is usually on the first/second syllable.
2 In two-syllable nouns the stress is usually on the first/second syllable.
6a SPEAKING Work with a partner. How often do you do these things (never, sometimes, often, very often)?
1 print documents or photos
2 scan documents or photos
3 use a webcam
4 go online and surf the Net
5 download music or films
6 read or write blo s
7 chat online
8 use social networking sites
6b SPEAKING Take it in turns to ask how often you do the different things. Are your answers similar?
How often do you print documents or photos?
Not often. I don't usually need to make hardcopies. I just make a copy on my flashdrive.
pproxma e y ow many we Sl es are ere a e momen
2 When did they invent it? 4 When did the Web become freely available to the public?
2 Read the article and find the answers to the quiz in 1.
THE COMPUTER THAT BEGAN IT ALL A t the Science Museum in London. In 1993, CERN allowed the technology that if you've got a bright idea for photographers try to get pictures to be freely used by all. And, within the Web, you can make it happen. an old-fps.hioneß black computer a few years, millions of people You don't have to ask anyone. You and keyboard.-it-doesn•t look worldwide were using it. Now should just do it. particularly special. But this computer there are more than 600 million But the Web is not perfect. Some was the machine that was used by websites worldwide and the web people think that the Internet British computer scientist Sir Tim has changed things forever. People reflects the best and worst of Berners-Lee to create the World Wide are able to access information and people. But whatever people think, Web back in 1989. share things in a way which was not Sir Tim's old computer is going to the beginning, there was no big possible before. It has provided a new be a star attraction at the Science plan to change the world. The dimension of communication. And Museum because the Web is so only idea was to improve it's enormous. Billions of people significant to people's lives. Many communication between are online every day. Hundreds people will want to see the first the thousands of scientists of millions of messages and Web server, the first machine in the working for CERN (the pictures are sent and billions of world to ever deliver a webpage. European Organisation for dollars are spent every day by Nuclear Research). Sir Tim was online shoppers. 34-year-old physics graduate Today, Sir Tim believes working as a software engineer at CYRN we need to defend the Switzerland in 1989. He saw the principles_ that have made need for 'a universal linked information the Web successful, and system' , a way of using networks of to continue expanding the computers Lo talk to each other. TO do possibilities of the Web. this, he created the first ever web browser. The main principle is that This web browser became Lhe World the Web should continue Wide Web. Sir Tim thought or Lhi.s name to be free for everybody 1990. Before that, probably not very to use and participate in. seriously, he had considered the name Sir Tim is optimistic about The Information Mine, or 'I'.I.M. for short. its future. He still believes |
of
-In
a in
in
3 Read the article again and choose the best answers. 1 People are taking photos of a computer at the Science Museum because a it's very old. b a famous scientist uses it. c it has historic importance. 2 The original idea of the World Wide Web was ... a to allow communication between a group of |
b it is dangerous that everyone can use the World Wide Web. c everyone should be part of the future World Wide Web. 5 The author thinks that a the Web is nothing special because it belongs to everyone. b the Web is a perfect invention. c Sir Tim's computer will be a popular exhibit. |
computers. 4 THINKING b to make information free all around the world
Think! Then compare ideas with your class. c to connect all the scientists in Switzerland.
• How important do you think the Internet is 3 The World Wide Web has always .
in today's world? Explain your answer. a been free.
b been open for the whole world to use. |
|
c had billions of users. |
5 What do the underlined words in the text mean? |
4 Sir Tim Berners-Lee believes that . |
Guess and then check in your dictionary. |
a the future does not look good for the World |
6 SPEWNG What about you? |
Wide Web. |
How important is the Internet to you? Why? |
Unit 10 123
Grammar in eonteyt presentation video.
ese-sentences rammaticall
.rhepasslve—present$lmpl la Look at these sentences. Which are active and which are |
correct. not, rewrite t em. |
|
passive? 1 Hundreds of millions of messages are sent every day. |
What happens in an Internet minute? |
|
2 People send hundreds of millions of messages every day. 3 Online shoppers spend billions of dollars. |
|
More than 204 million emails are send. |
4 Billions of dollars are spent by online shoppers. |
|
Around 20 million photos is seen. |
1 b Are these statements true or false? |
|
More than 1.3 million videos watched. |
1 We use the passive when we are more interested in the action |
|
About 47,000 apps are downloaded. |
than in the person who does it. |
|
Music are played by hundreds of |
2 We use the passive when we don't know who exactly does the action. |
|
thousands of people. |
3 We use the passive when it is obvious who does the action. |
|
More than $83,000 spend in just one big |
lc Complete the rules. |
|
Internet store. |
1 To make the present simple passive we use |
Q |
Hundreds of people open |
past participle. |
|
new social-networking accounts. |
2 We use the preposition to introduce the agent, the person or thing which does the action.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 132
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the present simple passive.
BASIC GUIDE TO MAKING
1 |
Silicon |
(find) in sand. |
2 |
The silicon |
(refine) to be 100% pure. |
3 |
The pure silicon |
(heat) and (make) into small blocks called ingots. |
4 |
The ingots |
(cut) into very small pieces and |
then later become thin chips.
5 Tiny components (add) to the chips.
6 Eight hundred transistors (put) onto an area with the diameter of a human hair!
7 Special clothes and masks (wear) by workers
8 Finally, the chips
Unit to
(send) to computer factories.
4
G
SSI agent only when necessary.
1 They make a lot of silicon chips in India.
2 They employ many people in the computer industry.
3 They invent amazing new technology every day. 4 Most new games consoles are created by Sony, Nintendo and Microsoft.
5 Millions of kids play computer games every day.
6 Some governments control the use of the Internet.
7 You don't need a password to enter this site.
OLIVE Oil
LEMONS
BOUANO
MILAN PLANE
PARMA CAR INDUSTRY
SAN ICE HOCKEY
RUGBY4
IENA TROPICAL FRUIT
ROME CRICKET
SICILY E INA
50 SPEAKING' Work with a partner. Look at the map of Italy and answer these questions. 1 What things are made?
2 What fruit and vegetables are grown?
3 What fruit and vegetables are not grown?
4 What ical food is eaten? 5 What sports are played?
6 What things are exported? 7 What sport is not played?
5b SPEAKING, Work with a partner. Use the questions to talk about your country. Give as many details as possible (e.g. where exactly, how, when, who by )
1 Read the text. The words in italics frequently go with the word email. Which of the words below in red match these icons?
1
2
3
The other day I tried to (a) send an email to my cousin but it (b) bounced back. The email (c) address wasn't correct. The problem was that my cousin had recently changed his email (d) account. He'd sent me a message with his new email address but I had accidentally (e) (deleted it, so I didn't have it any more. I knew that one of my friends had my cousin's new email address so I sent my original email to my friend and asked her to (f) forward it to my cousin. The next day I was (g) checking my email and I saw that my cousin had (h) replied to my message.
2 Match five of the words in italics in 1 with these definitions.
1 an arrangement you have with an Internet company to use email account
2 when an email doesn't go to the person you send it to and it comes back to you
3 the letters, numbers and symbols you need to write to send someone an email
4 to see if you have any emails
5 to send an email on to somebody
p or Wit a partner. an answer these questions.
1 Have you got an email address? If so, how do you say it in English?
2 Do you have a free email account or do you pay?
3 When do you usually check your email?
4 How often do you delete the emails you receive? 5 Have any of your emails ever bounced back? Do you know why?
6 How much spam do you get via email?
unit to
_XPGateway to life skills: 'CT
Protecting INT NET
LIFE SKILLS OBJECTIVES To think about social media profiles. To think about good advice for safe social networking. To give advice to others about how to protect yourself online. |
KEY CONCEPTS social media [n]: She is an expert in social media, or the different ways people use new technologies to communicate. profile [n]: His personal profile gives the impression that he only likes sport and that he thinks he's better than everyone else. post [v, n]: I only post messages on the website when I have something important to say. share [v]: When you put a photo on a public website you share it with other people. privacy [n]: She's famous but her privacy is important to her. She doesn't |
talk about her private life in public.
SOCIAL NETWORKING TODAY |
la Work with a partner. What can you do on social networking websites? Make a list of ideas. you can chat online.
1b 'SPEAKING) What do you think are good and bad things about using social networking websites? |
magine you have applied for a job. Would you be happy for your future employer to look at |
your social networking profile? No? Well, be
can communicate with all over the world. |
The things we say and show are public and usually remain online for a long time. So when we apply to Yes, but you're probably giving information university or for a job, it is usually very easy for the to people that you don't know. university or company to find out lots of information
|
|
about us from our activity on social media. In some cases, this can be a positive thing. But in others it |
2 |
READING Read this text and answer these questions. |
may go against us. It all depends on how we look |
|
1 What main problem with social networking does |
after our online identity or profile. |
|
the text talk about? |
A survey in the US discovered that 43% of |
|
2 Does the text say that social networking is always |
all companies use social networking sites to |
|
aood/alwavs bad/sometimes aood and sometimes |
investigate job candidates. In 51% of these cases, |
|
bad? Explain your answer. |
the company has found information that has made them decide not to give the person the job. There are a number of different reasons why companies decided to reject the candidate after looking at their social networking profile. Typical reasons were: |
The candidate posted inappropriate photos or information (46%)
There was information about inappropriate behaviour (41%)
The candidate said something bad or appropri a-teabout-theirpreviou$emp
(36%)
The candidate had poor communication skills (32%)
The candidate made discriminatory comments
It became clear that the candidate had lied about their qualifications (25%)
mpaméS4ÄiéStiOåtéÄCåÄdidåtös———---—
social media profile?
2 Is it more common for this investigation to have a positive or negative consequence for the candidate?
3 What is the most common problem with a candidate's social media profile?
4 What can an employer discover about a person's qualifications by looking at social media?
5 In what different ways can your social media profile help you to get a job?
6 Why do companies look at social media to help them decide about a candidate?
|
4 |
Look at these words or expressions. They appear in a video giving advice about using social networking sensibly. Work with a partner. What do you think the advice will be? |
NO JOB TOMORROW? |
|
a Password 1234 d The right age |
However, some employers (33%) also noted that |
|
b Keep it private e Kind words |
they found information on social media sites that made a candidate more attractive or helped them |
|
c Think first! |
to decide to offer the candidate the job. They |
5 |
LISTENING' 0 65 Watch or listen. Put the |
mentioned these aspects as positive: |
|
words and phrases in 4 in the order |
The candidate gave a professional image ( 43 % ) |
|
that you hear them. Were your ideas in 4 right? |
Their online profile helped to get a good |
|
1 3 5 |
impression of their personality (46%) The candidate showed that they had a good |
|
2 4 |
variety of interests (40%) |
6 |
65 Watch or listen again. What advice do the |
The infonnation confirmed that they had the |
|
speakers give about ... |
qualifications mentioned in their application |
|
1 age limits? 4 good passwords? |
(45%) |
|
2 photos and videos? 5 being cruel? |
The candidate was creative (36%) The candidate showed great communication |
|
3 phone numbers? |
skills (40%) |
7 |
|
7 What is the basic message of the text?
Other people made very positive comments about the candidate (30%)
The research suggests that companies are using social media to get an idea of candidates' behaviour and personality outside of the interview. That means that your social media profile needs to send out the right message.
(tice com reer er
Work with a partner. What do you think of the advice in 6?
LIFE TASK
You want to give a presentation about te ctingyourself-on.$heuntern Follow this plan:
1 Work in a group. Think of more advice about safe use of social networking websites. Look for ideas on the Internet if necessary.
2 Organise your ideas in a logical way and decide what you are going to say for each point.
3 Decide what type of presentation you are going to give and create it. Include illustrations or graphics.
4 Give your presentation to the class.
127
The passive other tenses
KIPEDIA Welcome to Wikipedia, |
1 It was started in 2001. |
||
'ee Encyclopedia the free encyclopedia that in anyone can e&t' |
2 In 2007, 1,700 articles were being added every day. |
||
3,516,706 articles Englsh |
3 Over 24 million articles have been written. |
||
iage Today's featured article 2nts |
4 Articles are being changed as we speak. |
||
Ired content The Laplace-Runge-Lenz vector is a N |
1b To change the tense in a passive sentence, do we |
||
|
change the verb to be or the past participle? |
||
2nt events of the orbit of one astronomical body atow |
|
|
|
30m article two bodies interacting by Newtonian grav ate to Wikipedia it is the same no matter where it is calcu |
|
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 132 |
|
More generally, the I-RI. V |
2 |
Change these sentences from active to passive. |
|
1 'SPEAKING Work with a partner. What do you know about Wikipedia? Make notes. Use question words (who, what, why, etc.) for ideas. |
|
1 |
Wikipedia has transformed traditional encyclopaedias. |
AL encyclopaedia, free . 2 LISTENING' 0 66 Listen to a radio programme about Wikipedia. Did any of your ideas in |
|
2 |
Sir Tim Berners-Lee didn't start Wikipedia |
1 appear? Were they correct? 3 0 66 Look at this text about Wikipedia. It contains seven mistakes. Find and correct |
|
3 |
They are changing Wikipedia articles at this moment. |
the mistakes. Then listen again to check |
|
4 |
Ordinary people have written most of the articles for |
your answers. Wikipedia is the sixth most popular website in the world. It has about 365 million readers. |
|
|
Wikipedia. |
It was started in 2001 by two Australians but it isn't written by them. Their original website became a 'wiki', a website that visitors can change and add information to. In 2007, |
|
5 |
'Vandals' have ruined some Wikipedia articles. |
approximately 170 articles were being added every day. 'Wiki Wiki' is an African expression which means 'quick'. Wikipedia |
|
6 |
They were creating a Wikipedia for children |
articles can change quickly when things change in the world. Some people think this is a problem, because articles aren't always correct. Biographies are the most popular |
|
7 |
They have copied the article from Wikipedia. |
topic. 40% of articles on Wikipedia are about geography and places. There are more than 280 different language versions of Wikipedia. a total of over four million articles. |
|
8 |
A famous scientist wrote a Wikipedia article last year, |
4 What about you? 1 Do you ever use Wikipedia? When and what for? |
|
|
technoiSer |
2 Would you like to write an article for Wikipedia? What would you write about? |
|
|
-2*Oterhét |
la Look at these passive sentences. What tense is each one?
unit to
3 Complete the text by filling in each space with one word.
In 2012, twenty tablets (a) given to some children in Wenchi, (b) is a poor village in Ethiopia. Nine months later, the children could say the alphabet in English and some could spell words. They weren't taught (c) a teacher because there are no teachers in the village. They (d) , learned thanks to the tablets. The children's progress has (e) observed by experts from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. It is part (f) a project to see if children (g) teach themselves to read with new technology. The project is for some of the poorest places (h) the world, places where (i) aren't any teachers or schools. One hundred million children around the world have no school or teacher. At this very moment, thanks to technology, something is (j) done to help some of those children.
4a 'SPEAKING] Work with a partner. Look at these trivia questions. Do you know the answers?
2 They had the artides written by other people.
a We use the expression have something done when we do an action ourselves/somebody does an action for us.
b The structure is have + object + gerund/east participle.
c Have and get are/aren't similar in these sentences.
d We use by/with to introduce the person who does the activity for us.
e We can/can't use have and get in any tense.
GRAMMAR REFERENCE PAGE 132 |
6 Look at these pictures and the verb given. Write sentences about what the people had done last week.
1
2
3
4
7a Are these questions correct? If not, rewrite them.
ave you ever a Ixe yo 2 Where was the last World Cup played? 3 Do you like having your photo taken? 3 Who were Firework and Roar sung by? 4 When was the last time you had tested your eyes? 4 Who is the Xbox made by? 5 In which century was the Colosseum built? 7b Work with a partner. Ask and answer the correct questions. 4b With your partner, write five trivia questions in the passive. You must know the answers to all your questions. 4c Join another pair and ask them your questions. Who got the most correct answers? Unil 10 |
1 How often do you get your hair cut?
1 SPEAKING Work with a partner. What similarities can you find between photos a and b? What differences are there?
2 USTENINGI 67 Listen to a student comparing and contrasting photos a and b. Does she mention any of your ideas in 1?
3 0 67 Put these expressions in the correct section in the Speaking bank. Which of the expressions did the student use? Listen again if necessary.
1 In this photo but/whereas in the other photo
2 Both of the photos show ...
9 SPEAKING BANK
Useful expressions to compare and contrast photos Comparing
One/Another (big/important) similarity
• Another thing they have in common is that .
Contrasting
One/Another (big/important) difference between the photos is
In this photo However, in the other photo .
• In contrast, .
4 Complete the sentences with words from the Speaking bank.
1 One important is that the people in the photos are all using computers.
2 photos show people working, either indoors or outdoors.
3 In the first photo the people seem serious, in the second they seem happier.
4 In this photo they're using computers for fun, in the other one they're using them for school work. 5 Another thing that they have in is that they both show people in their free time.
6 This photo shows us an outdoor sport. In the other photo shows us people doing sport indoors.
EXAM SUCCESS
When you are describing photos, what can you do when you are not 100% sure of what you can see in the photo(s)?
EXAM SUCCESS page 146
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT
5a Work with a partner.
Student A: Look at the two photos at the bottom of page 148. Student B: Look at the two photos at the top of page 148. Make notes about similarities and differences between the photos.
5b SPEAKING Take it in turns to talk for about a minute about your two photos. Then say which photo you prefer and
Unit 10
2
Read these five text messages. What order were
they sent in? |
|
9:36 We can't come |
5 |
Use abbreviations to make these text messages shorter. |
|||||
|
9:20 |
||||||||
1 2 |
What are you doing at the weekend? e±hc Thanks for helping me with my homework. |
||||||||
|
K. CU g. PLS bring YR laptop. CU L8R. RU coming 2 do YR homework here 2nite? R8. WOT time? |
Send |
84 8. O OK. Sarah |
|
3 4 |
Can you come tomorrow to fix my computer? You should be happy because your exam results are excellent. tonight. |
|||
|
n Matt R |
||||||||
coming 2. Back |
Return |
||||||||
6 1 want to see you and Jo before I speak to the teacher tomorrow. |
|||||||||
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT |
|||||||||
1 2 |
b |
|
4 5 |
|
|
6c1 Look at the task and write a text message. use abbreviations and the Writing bank to help you. |
to use t e nternet omorrow o piece of work for school, but your connection at
3 Write out the text messages in 2 as full sentences. home doesn't work. Write a text message to a friend Use the information in 1 to help you. asking if you can go to their house tomorrow to use 1 Are miny tÖ_dÖ. tonight? the Net.
WRITING BANK PAGE 151
2
3
6b Now give your message to your partner and
4 write a reply to their message. Keep sending 5 messages until you both know exactly when, where and why you are meeting and what you can do later.
131
The passive
FORM |
USE |
Subject + be + past participle (+ by + agent) |
We use the passive when: |
Computers are made in China. (present simple) |
we are more interested in |
TIC Internet is being used by millions of people. (present continuous) |
the action than the people |
These computers have beevv used by NASA. (present perfect) |
who do the action. |
The Internet Was created in 1989. (past simple) |
My computer has been fixed. |
The Internet will be transformed in the future. (will) |
we do not know who exactly does the action. |
We make the passive with the appropriate tense and form of the verb to be and the Her laptop has bezo sto[ew. past participle of the verb.
• it is obvious or understood To make object questions in the passive, we put the first auxiliary verb before the who did the action. subject.
The criminal Was arrested at Is the match being sluvvw on TV?
5.30 pm. WIC Was the World Wide Web invented by?
• We use the preposition by to introduce the agent, that is, the person or thing which does the action.
have something done
FORM Subject + have or get + object + past participle (by + agent) I yet my hair cut once every two months. (present simple) He had cable IV installed. (past simple) With this structure we make different tenses by changing the tense of have or get. |
USE We use have/get something done to talk about actions which we don't do ourselves; somebody or something does them for us. We often pay them to do this action. Get is slightly more informal. I don't louw anything about computers so When I have a problem I have my computer fixed by a friend who studied computers at university. We can use the preposition by to introduce the agent, that is, the person or thing which does the action. If it is not important who does the action, we do not put anything. |
1 Using a computer |
click on • copy • cut and paste • flashdrive • hardcopy • hard drive • headphones headset • keyboard • log on/off • microphone • monitor • mouse • mouse mat • password • pendrive printer • save • scanner • screen • speaker • tablet • USB cable and port • webcam
2 The Internet blog • broadband • chat online • download • homepage • online • search engine social networking • surf the Net • website
3 Collocations with email bounce back • check email • delete an email • email account • email address forward an email • reply to an email • send an email
4 Other words and phrases page 143
UnitiO
The passive present simple / 8 points
1 Write sentences in the present simple passive. 1 Computers/use/everywhere. 2 A lot of chocolate/eat/in the UK. 3 Shoes/not wear/in mosques 4 Portuguese/speak/in Brazil. The passive — other tenses |
5 6 7 8 |
2 Each sentence contains a mistake. Find the |
4 |
mistake and rewrite the sentence correctly. |
5 |
1 The song 'Thriller' was sang by Michael Jackson |
6 |
2 The Champions League is won by Real Madrid |
7 |
in 2014. 3 London is visited for thousands of people. have something done |
8 |
3 Write sentences with have/get something done. |
3 |
1 My parents didn't paint the house. They . |
4 |
2 He doesn't repair the car himself. He . |
5 |
/ 7 points |
USING A COMPUTER
1 Match to make words or phrases.
b board c copy
e phones
6 web
7 mouse
THE INTERNET / 6 points
2 Read the definitions. Write the words.
1 look at various places on the Net
2 a computer program used for looking for information on the
Internet g
3 a type of diary on a website that changes regularly I
4 connected to the Internet o
Fish/not sell/at the butcher's.
Cars/make/by robots in this factory,
This programme/watch/by thousands of people.
The New Year/celebrate/in many countries.
/ 8 points
The radio invented by Marconi.
Many products made in China nowadays.
The eclipse was saw by people around the world Oh no! His car has stolen.
The dog was been hit by a car yesterday.
/ 5 points
We didn't build the swimming pool ourselves. We
I didn't correct the text myself. .
She doesn't do her hair herself. She .
/ 6 points |
COLLOCATIONS WITH EMAIL
account • address • bounce • check delete • forward • reply • send 1 When you get an email you should to it quickly. 2 When you get an email that you send to another person, you it. 3 When you don't want an email, you 4 When emai's don't go to the correct address they back. 5 My email is fredbloggs@bloggs.co.uk. 6 When I go online, I |
3 Complete the sentences with six of the words in the box.
5 move information to your computer from the Internet
w
6 the first place that you choose to appear on your screen when you connect to the Internet
Total:
my email.
/ 40 points
TIP FOR READING EXAMS
In reading activities where you complete a text with missing sentences, remember
When you finish, check the activity by reading the text with your answers in the correct place. Do the sentences go together logically? Do words like this or it make sense?
EXAM SUCCESS page 146
1 Read the text quickly. What is the connection between studying and the Internet in the text?
There are tens of thousands of websites where you can buy essays. With most essay-writing companies, students pay per word. Sometimes they pay per page. Some companies offer to write a special, personalised essay, but at an extra cost. You can also pay extra for faster essays.
3,500 specialists are employed by his company. They have written more than 15,000 essays for students. The company made €90,000 in just one week in May. Thanks to his company, Littlewood has a Ferrari and a Lamborghini in his garage. Universities say that the UK's academic reputation is suffering because of online essay companies, and education experts have predicted that schools will have to stop continuous assessment and start doing more exams again,
He says he simply offers them a guide. 'The essays are a starting point. Students use them to create their own work, Students analyse our answers and then they write their own. We're just showing them how to write a great essay.'
As one teacher replied: 'The suggestion that these essays are used by students as 'guides' is crazy and dishonest. We need to do something to stop it.' Many colleges and universities now have software which allows teachers to check if students are copying from five billion web pages. Many universities have somebody doing this full-time. 'It's not a question of catching people and punishing them. It's a question of helping students to understand what education really is. Education is research and investigation, In the end, the students who are using these services are just not learning the skills they need for their studies or for the rest of their lives.'
134 Units 9-10
2 Put these sentences in the correct place in the text. There is one extra sentence that you do not need.
A Barclay Littlewood is the owner of one online essay-writing organisation.
B However, Internet cheating is now an enormous problem for schools and universities and it might make them go back to older, more traditional methods.
C Millions of pounds are spent each year on Internet cheating.
D But teachers are not convinced that students are using them in this way.
E Barclay Littlewood, on the other hand, says he doesn't help students to cheat.
3 Read the text again and choose the best answers.
1 The price of a basic online essay usually depends on ...
a who writes it.
bwhat the subject is.
c how long it is.
2 Barclay Littlewood is .
aa businessman.
ba writer of online essays.
c an ex-teacher
3 Educational specialists think that online cheating will .
achange the way teachers teach. b change the way teachers assess students.
c make it easier for students to pass exams.
4 Barclay Littlewood says .
a students shouldn't just give teachers the essay that they buy.
b he is helping students to copy work.
c his objective is to help students get the best marks.
5 The text says that teachers .
a have no way of knowing if students are copying essays.
In ec no ogy o tn peop e who are cheating.
c want to make cheats suffer.
4 SPEAKING What about you?
What do you think about buying online essays?
The National Geographic means (2) An SMS can only have Society began in 1888 with (3) characters, or letters, from the just a few members and
Latin alphabet. The first SMS was sent by a man who
now it is one of the largest 4
was working for Vodafone. The first ever SMS was scientific and educational
At first, you couldn't send SMS to organisations (1) people who were with a (5) That stopped the world. It was created -1 ,
(2) a group of (7) made SMS
33 teachers, explorers and popular because it was (8) to text than to 4 businessmen (3) 1 3th January 1888, make a phone call. in Washington, D.C. They met to talk about their 9-10
'CAN DO' PROGRESS CHECK UNITS CEF
interest in geography. Later that year, the first edition of the National Geographic Magazine was published 1 How well can you do these things in English now? Give yourself a mark
The articles and reports were (4) by from 1 to 4. professors but they weren't very interesting for people
(5) weren't experts in geography. But 1 = I can do it very well.
then (6) magazine became easier to read. 2 = I can do it quite well.
3 = I have
It started to have more photos. Some amazing photos some problems. I can't do it. have (7) printed in the magazine. When a I
you flick (8) the magazine today you can can talk about what other people have
said or asked using reported speech. still see many spectacular photos. So if one day you b I can talk about books and reading. need to (9) up some information about
c i can identify information in an interview geography for a school project, why not pick up a copy about books and films.
of National Geographic? d I can give a presentation about a book.
e I can write a story and make it interesting. Speaking f I can describe actions using different forms of the passive and have something done.
TIP FOR SPEAKING EXAMS g I can talk about computers and the Internet. When comparing and contrasting photos, h I can identify information in a newspaper
You can talk about similarities, not just differences. I can compare and contrast photos.
EXAM SUCCESS page 146 j I can write a simple text message. 4
2 Now decide what you need to do next to 6a Look at the photos on page 148 for a few improve. minutes. Think about similarities and differences between the photos. Make notes if you want but 1 Look again at my bool</notes. do not write complete sentences. 2 Do more practice exercises.
WORKBOOK Units 9 and 10 6b 'SPEAKINB Work with a partner. Talk together and 3 Ask for help. compare and contrast the photos. Which photo 4 Other: do you prefer and why?
Units 9-10
temperature (n)
Other words and phrases toothache (n) /l tu:0e1k/ accommodation (n)
virus (n) /'valros/
area (n) /'eorio/ Compound nouns artificial (adj)connected with health and audience (n) /l o:dions/ medicine based (adj) /bust/ first aid (n) 'eld/ block (n) /blDW food poisoning (n) /l fu:d body language (n) /lbDdi Ilæ1jgw1d3/ health centre (n) / l he10 character (n)heart attack (n) * Oltæk/ closely (adv) /l klousli/ painkiller (n) co-exist (v) /lkoulg l zlst/ waiting room (n) /l weltll]
collect (v) /ké llekt/
Other words and phrases
concentrated (adj) action (n) confusion (n)
data (n) /l delto/ detailed (adj) /l di'atelld/ do business (phr) [du.' I blznos/ experiment (n) /lk l sperrmont/ explanation (n) fascinating (adj) /'fæslneltllj/ fold (v) /foold/ gesture (n) impolite (adj) * /,lmpo l lalt/ insecure (adj) interview (n) main (adj) /meln] manga comic (n) /lmæogo Ikomrk/ map (n) /mæp/ map (v) * /mæp/ multinational company (n)
nod (v) /nod/ non-verbal (adj) {non North America (n) o i merjko/ origin (n) / I Dr1d31n/ peace (n) /pi:s/ polite (adj) * /po l lalt/ prepare (v) public (adj) /lpnbllk/ rainbow (n) * /lrelnlbou/
region (n) secure (adj) series (n) /l slori:z/
•tee
elbow (n) /l elbou/ face (n) /fe1S/ finger (n) foot (n) /fot/ forehead (n) /l forld/, hand (n) /hænd/ head (n) /hed/
hip (n) /h1P/ knee (n) leg (n) /leg/ mouth (n) /ma00/ neck (n) /nek/ nose (n) /nouz/ shoulder (n) stomach (n) / l stAmok/ thigh (n) /0a1/ throat (n) /0rout/
toe (n) /too/ wrist (n) /rrst/
Health problems and illnesses broken (adj) /'brookon/ cold (n) /koold/ cough (n) /kDf/
earache (n) / l lorelk/ flu (n) * /flu'./
bandage (n) /Ibænd1d3/ bleed (v) /blild/
blood (n) /blAd/
breathe (v) /bri',ö/
cancer (n)
collapse (v) /ko l læps/ common (adj) /l komon/
compression (n) /kom'preJ(o)n/ conscious (adj) /l konJos/
cure (n)
cushion (n) double (n) elevation (n) get rid of (v) "get 'rid DV/ ground (n) /graund/ healthy (adj) /l he10i] hit (v) /hlt/ ice rink (n) /l a1S Irlljk/
increase (v) /lnl kri:s/ injury (n) /1 1nd30ri/ insufficient (adj) law (n) 1/101/ lie down (v phr) /llal I daun/ list (n) /11St/ medicine (n)
moment (n) /lmoumont/ note (n) /nout/
period (n) /lploriod/ physical (adj)documentary (n)
promote (v) /pre l mout/ drama (n) / i dra:mo/ pushchair (n) film (n) [film/ recent (adj)game show (n) /l gelm IToo/ recovery position (n) live (adj) /larv/ /rl poprogramme (n) /l prougræm/ remedy (n) /lremadi/ reality show (n) /ri l æloti ITOU/ right angle (n) Traitremote control (n)
scene (n) /si:n/ konltrool/ scientific (adj) /,salon l tlflk/ series (n) /l snri:z/ serious (adj) /'snrios/ soap (n) /soup/ simple (adj)sports programme (n)
Iprougræm/ skin (n) /skln/ the news (n) /öo I nju:z/ sore (adj) turn/switch on/off (v phr) suntan (n) /'srm,tæn/
Ion/lDf/ survey (n)
Gateway to exams: Units 3-4 |
TV presenter (n) /lti: I vi: tight (adj) /talt/ tip (n) /t1P/ Adjectives describing TV unconscious (adj) * /An'konlos/ programmes well-being (n) /,wel I bi,'10/ awful (adj) boring (adj) /Ibo:r11J/ cool (adj) /ku:l/ exciting (adj) /1k l sa1t11J/ active (adj) /'æktlv/ funny (adj) / l fAni/ acupuncture (n) informative (adj) * at sea (phr) /æt I si:/ interesting (adj) /'mtrostrrj/ moving (adj) / l mu:v11J/ brain (n) /brem/ case (n) /kels/ popular (adj) scary (adj) * /l skeori/
drug (n) /drAg/
dry (adj) /dral/ Adjectives ending in -ing hygiene (n) / l ha1d3i:n/ and -ed
Other words and phrases a bit (adv) 10 I blt/
addict (n) * / l ædlkt/ admire (v) anniversary (n) appear (v) burn (v) celebrity (n) * /sa l lebrati/ cheap (adj) /tfi:p/ coast (n) /koost/ complete (adj) /kam l plilt/ edit (v) / l edlt/
end up (v phr) Lend I AP/ fame (n) /ferm/
invent (v) /mlvent/ invention (n) journey (n) lazy (adj) /'lelzi/ leave school (phr) /lli:v I sku:l/ lifestyle (n) / l lalf,stall/ lottery (n) / I lDtori/ miss/cut class (phr) /,m1s/IkAt I kla:s/ model (n) modelling agency (n)
nature programme (n) / l neltfo(r) ,prougræm/ negotiate (v) /m l gouliert/ Norway (n) operation (n)
phenomenon (n) poet (n) / l paölt/ population (n) professional (adj) qualification (n)
ca as rop e n oIou a ES * 1 no IS
Geographical features |
mechanic (n) |
/ml l kænlk/ |
|
beach (n) /bi',tT/ |
climate (n) /l klmmot/ |
nurse (n) |
jungle (n) * |
|
|
lake (n) /lelk/ |
extinct (adj) * /lk l stlljkt/ |
Personal qualities |
mountain (n) / l mauntln/ |
formal (adj) |
|
mountain range (n) /'mauntm ,remd3/ |
fuel-efficient (adj) /l fju:ol |
ambitious (adj) /æm l blfrs/ |
ocean (n) |
go up (v phr) {goo I AP/ |
bright (adj) /bralt/ |
rainforest (n) * /l relnlforlst/ |
greenhouse gases (n PI) |
calm (adj) /kQ',m/ |
river (n) |
/ l gri:nhaus ,gæsrz/ |
caring (adj) /l keor11J/ |
sea (n) /si:/ |
hole (n) /hool/ |
clever (adj) |
valley (n) / l væli/ |
impact (n) /l lmpækt/ |
confident (adj) |
|
indirectly (adv) /lindo l rektli/ |
creative (adj) /kril eltlv/ |
The environment |
level (n) |
fit (adj) /flt/ |
drought (n) /draut/ |
litre (n) |
hard-working (adj) |
environment (n) /ln l vmronmont/ |
peas (n PI) * /pi:z/ |
|
flood (n) /flAd/ |
petrol (n) "petrol/ |
patient (adj) |
global warming (n) |
planet (n) / l plænlt/ |
reliable (adj) |
plant (n) /pla:nt/ |
sensitive (adj) /l sensotlv/ |
|
greenhouse effect (n) /l gri:nhaos |
primary (adj) /l pralmori/ |
sociable (adj) |
llfekt/ |
rail (n) /rell/ |
strong (adj) /strm/ |
melt (v) [melt/ |
reduce (v) /rl l dju:s/ |
well-organised (adj) |
nuclear disaster (n) |
remote (adj) /rl l mout/ |
"wel |
oil spill (n) [1 011 ISPII/ |
secondary (adj) |
Compound adjectives |
ozone layer (n) /l aozoon |
seed (n) |
badly-paid (adj) /lbædli I peld/ |
pollution (n) |
survive (v) |
blue/brown/green-eyed (adj) |
recycle (v) /ri: |
sustainable energy (phr) |
/ l blu:/ l braon/ l grim Aid/ |
save (v) /serv/ |
easy-going (adj) /li:zi I goull)/ |
|
waste (n & v) /welst/ |
technology (n) /tek l nDlod3i/ |
full-time (adj) /I fUl Italm/ |
|
tile (n) /tall/ |
good-looking (adj) "god |
Different uses of get |
variety (n) /vo lra10ti/ |
part-time (adj) Italm/ |
arrive (v) /o l rmv/ |
vault (n) /vo'.lt/ |
right/left-handed (adj) |
become (a process or change of |
|
/,ralt/lleft l hændld/ |
desert (n)corridor (n) plumber (n)
charge/recharge (a mobi e phone) (v) |
i rarian (n) * /lal 'breorion/ |
forest (n) /lforlst/ definitely (adv) police officer (n) ice cap (n) /l a1S Ikæp/ electrical (adj) receptionist (n) island (n) /l allond/ electricity (n) shop assistant (n) Plop energy (n) vet (n) /vet/
Gateway to exams: Units 5-6 |
bring (v) /brll]/ |
extreme (adj) /lk l stri:m/ |
well-off (adj) [wel I Df/ |
obtain/buy (v) /ob l tem/bal/ |
informative (adj) * |
well-paid (adj) "wel Ipeld/ |
state) (v) /b1 1 kAm/well-known (adj) [wel 'noun/
|
|||
space exp ora ton n |
|
|
|
—....-receiv
Other words and phrases |
/ l speis |
application (n) autograph (n) |
altitude (n) /l æltlltju:d/ asteroid (n) / l æsta,rold/background (n) /l bæk,graond/
atmosphere (n) |
Jobs and work |
bungee jumping (n) |
bulb (n) * /bAlb/ |
builder (n) |
/ I bAnd3i: Id3nmp11]/ |
carbon dioxide emissions (phr) |
|
contact details (n) /l kontækt Idi:tellz/ |
fashion designer (n)
dallDksa1dCV/Curriculum Vitae (n) [six I vi:/ carbon footprint (n)ko,rlkjolom I vi:tal/
Ifutprmt/
diver (n) employed (adj) hm l p101d/ employee (n) /1m l p101i:/, / I emp101 1i:/ employer (n) equipment (n) /l l kwmmont/ extra (n) / l ekstro/ gas (n) /gæs/ get dressed up (phr) "get drest AP/ heights (n PI) /haltz/ highly (adv) Phalli/ historical fiction (n)
hunt (v) /hAnt/ impression (n) interpersonal (adj)
interpreter (n) magazine (n) /lmægo l zi:n/ manual (adj) * / l mænjuol/ member (n) mentally (adv) mixture (n) motivate (v) /l moutlvelt/ obligation (n) paperwork (n) problem-solving (n) /l problom FDIv11J/ prohibition (n) qualifications (n PI)
quality (n) / l kwoloti/ repair (v) rickshaw (n) / l r1kJo:/ scene (n) /si:n/ service (n) shout at (v phr) / l Jaot æt/ skill (n) /skll/ society (n) /so l santi/ solution (n) sorts (n PI) spy (n) /spal/ suit (v) /su:t/ take orders (phr) /ltelk teamwork (n) train (v) /treln/ transferable (adj) treat (v) /tri:t/ unambitious (adj) /,Anæm Ib1Tos/ unemployed (adj) /lAn1m l p101d/ Friendships circle of friends (phr) / ov I frendz/ classmate (n) close friend (phr) /,klous I frend/ fall out (with somebody) (v phr) /If0'.l 'aot/ get on well (with somebody) (phr) "get on lwel/ hang out (with) (v phr) /ihæ1J l aut/ have arguments (with somebody) (phr) /,hæv have in common (v phr) /lhæv In I komon/ make (it) up (v phr) /lmelk I AP/ see eye to eye (phr) /si: tux al/
Feelings anger (n) boredom (n) excitement (n) /lk l saltmont/ fear (n) happiness (n) / l hæpinos/ loneliness (n) / llounlinos/ sadness (n) * /'sædnes/
Adjectives afraid (adj) /o lfreld/ angry (adj) /l æogri/ bored (adj) /bo:(r)d/ excited (adj) /lk l saltld/ happy (adj) /l haepi] lonely (adj) /l loonli/ sad (adj) /sæd/ Noun suffixes freedom (n) / lfri:dom/ friendship (n) illness (n) /'llnos/ kingdom (n) / I k11Jdom/ leadership (n)
relationship (n) weakness (n) / l wi:knos/
Other words and phrases beat (v) /bi:t/ carry on (v phr) /lkæri I on/ club (n) /klAb/ competitive (adj) /koml petotlv/ criticise (v) /l krltlsmz/ disconnected (adj) /ldlsko l nektld/ expectation (n) fall in love (phr) /lfo:l m I IAV/ fault (n) /fo:lt/ feel part of (phr) /lfi:l DV/ forever (adv) ideal (adj) /al l dlol/ isolated (adj) /l arsolleltld/ keep on (v phr) /lki:p 'on/ leaflet (n) / l lifflot/ locally (adv) marks (n PI) occasion (n) official (adj) personality (n) primary school (n) * /l prarmori replace (v) /rl l plers/ river bank (n) / l rlvo(r) lbæok/ romance (n) * /roo l mæns/ safety (n) /l selfti/ secondary school (n) / I ISku'al/ section (n) share (v) sharp (adj) shocked (adj) * /JDkt/ silence (n) /l sallons/ slap (v) * /slæp/ stick (n) /stlk/ subway (n) /I sAb,we1/ sudoku (n) /su l dooku:/ take part in (phr) /ltemk m/ unofficial (adj) voluntary (adj) wet (adj) /wet/
Gateway to exams: Units 7-8
alternative (n) usiness n rzno.• generation (n)
141
Wordliet: Unite 0-1 n
Fiction comic (n) /l komlk/ crime novel (n) / l kralm fairy tale (n) /'feeri itell/ fantasy (n) /l fæntosi/ graphic novel (n) /,græflk historical fiction (n)
horror (n)
play (n) /plel/ romance (n) /rou'mæns/ science fiction (n) thri I ler (n)
Non-fiction atlas (n) /l ætlos/ autobiography (n)
biography (n) * /bal l ogrofi/ cookbook (n) /l kuk,bok/ encyclopaedia (n) * /m,salklo l pixdio/ guidebook (n) */l galdlbok/ magazine (n) manual (n) / l mænjuol/ newspaper (n) textbook (n)
Phrasal verbs connected with reading and writing cross out (v phr) /lkrns I aot/ fill in (v phr) /lfll 1 m/ flick through (v phr) /lfllk I Oru:/ look up (v phr) /IlUk I AP/ read on (v phr) "rild I on/ read out (v phr) l aut/ turn over (v phr) Other words and phrases action (n) adaptation (n) author (n)
award (n) back cover (n) /lbæk bestseller (n) [best billionaire (n) blurb (n) browse (v) * /brauz/
142
congratulations (n PI) *
contract (n) /l kontrækt/ creature (n) dramatically (adv) enter (a competition) (v) / I ent evil (adj) frequently (adv) /lfri:kwontli/ giant (adj) /'dsmont/ guard (n) intrigue (n) /l lntri:g/ judge (n) /d3Ad3/ main (adj) /meln/ matter (v & n) natural (adj) nightmare (n)
novel (n) on sale (phr) /,on 'sell/ pound note (n) /,paund I ngot/ predator (n) presentation (n)
prison (n) prologue (n) /'proulog/ publisher (n) racing car (n) /lre1s11J
raise (v) /relz/ recipe (n) /l resopi/ related (adj) /rl l leltld/ repetitive (adj) /rl'petofiv/ risk (v) /rlsk/ science laboratory (n) / I salons
separate (v) /'seporelt/ serious (adj) /l slorios/ significance (n) /slg l mflkons/ step (n) /step/ storm (n) /sto:(r)m/ talent (n) /'tælent/ technique (n) /teklni:k/ trilogy (n) / I tr110d3i/ visible (adj) youth (n & adj)
Using a computer click on (v phr) / l kllk on/ copy (v) / l kDPi/ cut and paste (v) /lkAt on(d) I pe1St/ flashdrive (n) /l flælldralv/ hard drive (n) Idrarv/ headset (n) / l hedlset/ headphones (n PI) /l hedlfounz/ keyboard (n) * log on/off (v phr) /JDg I on/ l Df/ make a hardcopy (phr) /tmerk o microphone (n) * / l malkro,foun/ monitor (n) mouse (n) /maus/
mouse mat (n) /l maus ,mæt/
password (n) pendrive (n) / lpenldralv/ print (v) /prmt/ printer (n) save (v) /se1V/ scanner (n) * screen (n) /skri:n/ speaker (n) tablet (n) / l tæblot/ USB cable (n) /lju.' es 'bil
USB port (n) /lju: es Ibi'. webcam (n) /l weblkam/
The Internet blog (n & v) /blog/ broadband (n) / l bro:dlbænd/ chat/go online (phr) /ltlæt/ I goo on 'lam/
download (n) / l daon,loud/ download (v) /ldaon l loud/ homepage (n) / l hoom,pe1d3/ search engine (n) ,end31n/ social networking (n) /lsoolol su ) o 'net website (n) /'web,salt/
Collocations with email
bounce back (v phr) /lbaons I bæk/ check email (phr) /ltTek l i'.mell/
email account (n) /'i:mell 01kaunt/ email address (n) /l i:mell Oldres/ forward an email (phr) / on l i:rnell / reply to an email (phr) /rl,plal to on li:mell / send an email on limell/
Other words and phrases abbreviation (n) access (v) / l ækses/ apply (v) /o l plal/ available (adj) browser (n) /'braozo(r)/ candidate (n) /l kændldelt/, /lkændldot/ comment (n) /'koment/ cruel (adj) /l kru:ol/ defend (v) /dl lfend/ diameter (n) discriminatory (adj) document (n) /'dokjomont/ expand (v) /lkl spænd/ for short (phr) /fo(r) go against (v phr) /,gou o l genst/ graduate (n) /I græd3uot/ graphic (n) /'græflk/ grow (v) /groW identity (n) /al l dentlti/ image (n) /1 1m1d3/ inappropriate (adj) /llno l proupriot/ mask (n) /mo:sk/ media (n) /lmi:dio/ network (n) old-fashioned (adj) / IOUld original (n) post (v & n) /poost/ principle (n) profile (n) /lpraufall/
reference (n) remain (V) /l*l l mem/
software engineer (n)
Gateway to exams: Units 9-10
(alphabet) characters (n)
Latin alphabet (n) /Jætm l aelfobet/ pick up (v phr) /,P1k IAP/
SMS (Short Message Service) (n)
Les em es Imes1d3
143
Exam success
READING: MULTIPLE-CHOICE
ACTIVITIES
Step 1 : Read the text quickly to get a general understanding.
Step 2: Read all the answers carefully. Sometimes the difference between two answers is just one word. Step 3: Find the section of the text where you think each answer comes and read it again slowly, in more detail. Step 4: If you aren't 100% sure which answer is best, take away any answers which you know are not correct. Step 5: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question.
Never leave answers blank in an exam.
SPEAKING: INFORMATION ROLE-PLAYS If you don't understand what the examiner or your partner says, ask them in English to repeat or to speak more slowly. Use expressions like: 'Sorry, can you say that again?' or, 'Sorry, could you speak more slowly?' Listen to your partner and the examiner. In a conversation we speak and listen.
Show that you're interested in what the other person is saying. Use expressions like: 'Really?' 'That's interesting.' 'Do you?' , 'Me too.'
Use 'Well', 'Hmm' or 'Let me think' to give you time to think of what you want to say next.
Use basic question words like
Who? What? When? Where? How? Why? to help you think of more questions to keep the conversation going.
Unit 4
READING: MATCHING ACTIVITIES LISTENING:TRUE/FALSE/NOT
MENTIONED ACTIVITIES
Step 1: Read the questions before you listen. They can give you ideas about the topic of the text and the vocabulary you are going to hear. Step 2: You can usually hear the recording twice. Try not to panic if you do not understand information the first time. If you don't hear the answer to one question, start listening immediately for the answer to the next question.
Step 3: Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.
Step 4: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question.
Never leave answers blank in an exam.
WRITING: KNOWING ABOUT
EVALUATION
In exams it is important to know how many marks there are for different sections and to know what the examiners want. Usually examiners want to see if you:
answer the question and include the information they ask for write clearly organise your ideas logically use accurate and varied grammar use accurate and varied vocabulary use punctuation and capital letters correctly
USE OF ENGLISH: MULTIPLE-CHOICE
CLOZE ACTIVITIES
Step 1 : Read the complete text without thinking about the gaps. This helps you to get a general understanding of the text.
Step 2: Before you look at the answers that they give you, think about the type of word you need (noun, verb, pronoun, article, etc.) and the general meaning.
Step 3: Read the answers that they give you. Choose the one which you think is best. Look very carefully at the words which come just before and after the gap. Do they help you to find the answer?
Step 4: If you aren't sure which answer is right, take away any answers which you know are not correct. Step 5: Read the sentence again with your answer in the gap. Step 6: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question.
Never leave answers blank in an exam.
SPEAKING: KNOWING ABOUT
EVALUATION
In exams it is important to know how many marks there are for different sections and to know what the examiners want. Usually examiners in speaking exams want to see if you: communicate successfully speak fluently use accurate and varied grammar use accurate and varied vocabulary pronounce words clearly
In this type of activity, you have to say which text or part of a text contains a piece of information. Read all the texts or parts of the text quickly to get a general understanding.
Step 2: Read the piece(s) of information that you need to find. Look for key words that help you to find the text or part of the text which contains the information.
Step 3: Read that specific text or part of the text again in more detail.
ep you are no a you ave oun e corre answer, rea ot er sections again In more etai .
Step 5: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.
WRITING: CONTENT AND STYLE
When a question tells you to put information in your text, you lose marks if you do not include the information. You can use your imagination but you must remember to include all the information in the instructions.
When you write letters, messages and notes it is essential to write in the correct style. When you write to a friend, use contractions and informal expressions. When you write a formal or semi-formal letter, message or note, do not use contractions or informal language. If your letter is grammatically correct but not in the correct style, you lose marks.
LISTENING: IDENTIFYING THE SPEAKER ACTIVITIES In this type of activity you match different speakers with the things they say.
Step 1: Before you listen, think about the topic of what you are going to listen to. This will help you to predict ideas and words that could appear in the recording. Step 2: Read the questions to know how many speakers there are and what they may say.
Step 3: When you listen, remember that in the listening text the speakers will probably express the same ideas using different words and expressions. Thinking of synonyms for the words in the statements can help you to identify the answers.
Step 4: Don't worry if you don't understand everything the first time you listen. Usually you listen twice. Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.
SPEAKING: NEGOTIATING
In negotiating activities, you usually work with another person. The examiner explains a situation where you and the other speaker need to come to a decision.
In this type of exercise, remember that there isn't usually a right or wrong answer. Basically, the examiner wants to hear you speaking English. If you can't think of something to say: Ask your partner a question like What do you think? This gives you time to think of what you can say next. Use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give you time to think of what you want to say next.
Don't be afraid to say something you think is obvious.
Give full explanations for your opinions and ideas.
Listen to what your partner or the examiner is saying. In a conversation we speak and listen.
If you don't understand what the examiner or your partner is saying, ask them in English to repeat or to speak more slowly. Use expressions like: Sorry, can you say that again? or, Sorry, could you speak more slowly?
Unit 7
READING: TRUE-FALSE ACTIVITIES
Step 1: Read the text quickly to get a general understanding Step 2: Read the sentences that you need to prove true or false.
Step 3: Find the parts of the text where the information comes. Read them again in more detail.
Step 4: If there is no information to say if a sentence is true, mark the statement false.
each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.
USE OF ENGLISH: SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION ACTIVITIES In this type of activity you have a sentence and you must complete a second sentence so that it means the same as the original sentence. In some exercises you must use a word that they give. in this case, you cannot change the form of this word. Generally you can only use between two and five words, including the word they give you.
Step 1: Read the original sentence carefully. Think about the meaning of the sentence, the type of structure(s) used, the tense(s) used, etc.
Step 2: If they give you a word, think about its meaning. Think also about the grammatical function of the word. Does it always or usually go with another word or tense?
Step 3: Write your sentence. Step 4: When you finish, check that you:
• have not changed the meaning of the original sentence. • have not changed the form of the word they gave you.
• have not used more that the maximum number of words permitted.
WRITING: EXAM CONDITIONS
When you write in exam conditions, you cannot usually use a dictionary or grammar book. If you do not know a word, think of a similar word or a more basic or general word. Do not leave a gap or write the word in your own language. If necessary, change what you were going to say.
If you are not sure how to use a grammatical structure, think of a different way to say the same thing.
Answer the question. You might not get any points if you don't answer the question properly.
Pay attention to the maximum and minimum number of words in the instructions. Plan and organise your essay before you write and check it carefully for mistakes when you finish.
LISTENING: MULTIPLE-CHOICE
Step 1: Read the different answers before you listen. They can give you ideas about the topic of the text and the vocabulary you are going to hear in it. Remember that sometimes the difference between two answers is just one word.
Step 2: You usually hear the recording twice. Try not to panic if you do not understand information the first time. If you don't hear the answer to one question, start listening imme 'ate y ort e answer to t e next question Step 3: Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.
Step 4: When you finish, check that you have an answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.
SPEAKING: REPORTING ACTIVITIES
In this type of activity you have to talk about something (real or imaginary) that happened in the past. You may need to speak alone or have a conversation with the examiner or another student.
Remember to use past tenses correctly. We use the past simple for completed activities in the past. The past continuous is for activities in progress at a moment in the past. We can use it to describe scenes in the past. The past perfect is for activities that happened before other activities in the past. Used to is for past habits. Use expressions of time and sequence (first, next, then, later, etc.) to make the order of events clear. Use basic question words like Who? What? When? Where? How? Why? to help you think of more things to say.
Use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give you time to think of what you want to say next.
Listen to what your partner or the examiner is saying. In a conversation we speak and listen.
If you don't understand what the examiner or your partner is saying, ask them in English to repeat or to speak more slowly. Use expressions like: Sorry, can you say that again? or, Sorry, could you speak more slowly?
WRITING: ANSWERING THE QUESTION
Remember that in writing exams you lose marks if you do not answer the question. It is not enough to write a composition with no grammatical mistakes and with a wide variety of vocabulary. You must also include all the information that appears in the question. Reading the question carefully can also help you to decide which tenses and vocabulary you need to use.
USE OF ENGLISH: CLOZE ACTIVITIES
Step 1: Read the complete text without thinking about the gaps. This is to get a general understanding of the text. Step 2: Look again at the gaps and especially the words which come just before and after the gap. Do those words need a special preposition? Is an article or auxiliary verb missing? Think about the type of word you need (noun, verb, pronoun, article, etc.) and the general meaning. Step 3: Fill in the gap with the word that you think is best. Read the sentence again with your answer in the gap to check it. Check that the meaning is logical, but check also ometim more than one possible answer but you only need to put
one.
Step 4: When you finish, check that you have one answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.
READING: MISSING SENTENCES ACTIVITIES
In this type of activity you have to fill gaps in a text with sentences taken out of the text. There are sometimes more sentences than spaces.
Step 1 : Read the text quickly to get a general idea of what it is about. To do this type of exercise you do not usually have to understand every word, so don't panic if you don't understand everything.
Step 2: Read the sentences which go in the text. What does each sentence talk about?
Step 3: Find the sections of the text which correspond to the information in the sentences and read them again slowly, in more detail. Put each sentence in the most probable space. Step 4: When you finish, check by reading the text with your answers in the correct place. Do the sentences go together logically? Do words like this or it make sense? Check also that you have one answer for each question. Never leave answers blank in an exam.
LISTENING: COMPLETING NOTES
Always read the incomplete notes before you listen. This helps you to know what to listen for. Look carefully at the words that come just before or after each space and think about what type of word is missing (noun, verbi adjective, adverb, etc.).
It is not usually necessary to understand every word that you hear. Listen out for the sections which correspond to the information in the notes. Pay special attention to these sections.
Usually you only need to write one or two words in each space. Be careful with spelling and your handwriting. Don't worry if you don't understand everything the first time you listen. Usually you listen twice. Use the second listening to find the answers you didn't hear the first time and to check the answers you already have.
SPEAKING: COMPARING AND CONTRASTING PHOTOS
If you cannot think of things to say, use the questions What? Who? Where? Why? When? etc. to give you ideas. Think of possible questions that the examiner will ask you about the photo. If you don't know a word, don't worry. Think of similar words, more basic or general words, or explain the word.
Use words and expressions like Both of the photos show,
One similarity is that , One thing they have in common to say things that are similar in the two photos. Use words and expressions like but, whereas, however,
things that are different in the two photos.
Use fillers like Well, Hmm or Let me think to give yourself time to think of what you are going to say next.
If you aren't 100% sure of what you can see, speculate using expressions like It may/might be, I'm not sure but I think, It looks like, It seems that, etc. Don't be afraid of saying simple, obvious things. The important thing is to say something because the examiner basically wants to hear you speaking English.
GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT
Exercise 7b, page 21
Student B: look at the information below. Prepare questions to ask your partner to find the missinq information.
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle was the creator of the world-famous detective, Sherlock Holmes, He was born in 1859 in
Conan Doyle was a doctor. He began writing stories when
When he began work he didn't have many patients. He started writing stories again. Conan Doyle wrote the first Sherlock Holmes novel in (c) The title was A Study in Scarlet.
The idea for Sherlock Holmes came from one of Conan Doyle's teachers at university. The teacher's name was Joseph Bell. Apart from Sherlock Holmes, Conan Doyle created another interesting character, Sherlock's great friend, (d)
Sherlock Holmes was always a very popular character, He appeared in (e) short stories and four novels. Conan Doyle tried to
, in 1893. But the public wanted more Sherlock Holmes stories and Conan Doyle (g) . in 1903. Conan Doyle died when he was 71 years old. But his famous character Sherlock Holmes is still very much alive. He continues to appear in new films, TV series and novels.
DEVELOPING SPEAKING
Exercise 6b, page 40
Student B: You are the receptionist at the San Francisco English Centre, USA.
THE SAN FRANCISCO ENGLISH CENTRE, USA
Course begins: 21 July
Course lasts: One month
Accommodation organised
Price: 4,325 US dollars
Other activities include: mountain biking, excursion to a theme park, karaoke evenings
Gatewayto exams: Units 3-4
Exercise 6, page 57 Photo A:
4,
. 1
GATEWAYTO LIFE SKILLS
Exercise 1 b, page 36
DEVELOPING SPEAKING
Exercise 6a, page 40
Student A: You are the receptionist at the Sydney English Centre, Australia.
THE SYDNEY ENGLISH CENTRE, AUSTRALIA
Course begins: 1 6th August Course lasts: 12 days
Accommodation organised
Price: 930 Australian dollars
Other activities include: swimming, surfing, excursion to the Blue Mountains
GATEWAY TO LIFE SKILLS
Life task, page 89
Give yourself a mark from 5 (brilliant) to 1 (poor) for each skill
TRANSFERABLE
PERSONAL SKILLS
Ambitious
Responsible and reliable
Well-organised Other-
INTERPERSONAL SKILLS
Friendly and caring
Good at leading, motivating and organising others
Good at working with others and taking orders Patient Other:
OTHER SKILLS
Good communication skills
Good with your hands
ICT skills
Problem-solving skills
OTHER:
147
unn
DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise 5a, page 92 Student B:
|
CINERAMA CINEMAS |
No experience necessary
Job is from 20th June to 20th September
Part-time work: 24 hours a week
Don't work Mondays
Wages: 27.80 an hour
Need to be reliable and sociable
Don't need to be an expert in films
Email letter and CV to: jdoors@cineramacinemas.co.uk
DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise 5as page 130 Student B:
Gateway to exams: units „3-4
SPEAKING
Exercise 6, page 57 Photo B:
Gateway fo exams. Units 9-10
PEAKIN
Exercises & 6b $ page 35
Photo A: Photo B:
DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise 5bÉ page 92 Student A:
SPORTS STAR CAMP |
|
Good to have experience of sports camps, but not essential Job is for July and September Full-time work only: residential, living with the children doing the camp Salary: E8.90 an hour Need to be fit, interested in sport, caring, responsible Don't need to speak foreign languages Email letter and CV to: cjones@spoftsstarcamp.co.uk |
|
Count how many ticks you have in each section (1-4) on page 102. Read below about the section where you have most ticks. Do you agree with the result?
MOSTLY SECTION l: YOU ARE A PERFECTIONIST.
Personali : You're very hard-working and always want to do your best, but sometimes you're too serious.
Romance: Your relationships are intense but short. If your partner isn't perfect, you always have arguments.
Idealjobs: Fashion designer, TV producer, journalist
Advice: You should be more relaxed. Not everybody is as perfect as you.
MOSTLY SECTION 2: YOU ARE A ROMANTIC.
Personality: You're very caring and get on well with others, but you can get very sad when people don't think about you.
Romance: You're a total romantic and believe in true love. You need your partner to be 100% in love with you.
Idealjobs: Artist, novelist, actor
Advice: You shouldn't get too unhappy if things go wrong.
MOSTLY SECTION 3: YOU'RE A THINKER.
Personality: You're a reliable friend because you're good at listening to people and helping them with problems. But sometimes you spend too much time alone, thinking about things.
Romance: You're very practical about relationships but you need to relax and enjoy yourself more.
Idealjobs: Politician, teacher, computer programmer
Advice: You have to do more and think less. Don't worry about the consequences of your actions — just do it!
MOSTLY SECTION 4: YOU'RE A LEADER.
Personality: You have to be in control. You're strong and ambitious. But that can be a weakness too because some people will think you are too interested in being the boss. Romance: You think it's easy to make somebody fall in love with you. But some people may think you are frightening!
Ideal jobs: Company director, police officer, bank manager ushouldthinKoLolheß&more-loleranLofneoplewhoaren1asdirectasynu
DEVELOPING SPEAKING Exercise Sat page 1 30 Student A:
be |
was/were |
been |
let |
let |
let |
beat |
beat |
beaten |
lie |
lay |
|
become |
became |
become |
lose |
lost |
lost |
|
began |
begun |
make |
made |
made |
break |
broke |
broken |
mean |
meant |
meant |
build |
brought |
brought |
meet pay |
met |
met |
burn |
burnt |
burnt |
put |
put |
put |
buy |
bought |
bought |
read |
read |
read |
catch |
caught |
caught |
ride |
rode |
ridden |
choose |
chose |
chosen |
ring |
rang |
rung |
come |
came |
come |
run |
ran |
run |
cost |
cost |
cost |
say |
said |
said |
cut |
cut |
cut |
see |
saw |
seen |
do |
did |
done |
|
sold |
sold |
draw |
drew |
drawn |
send |
sent |
sent |
drink |
drank |
drunk |
set up |
set up |
set up |
drive |
drove |
driven |
shine |
shone |
shone |
eat |
ate |
eaten |
shoot |
shot |
shot |
|
|
|
show |
showed |
shown |
|
|
|
sing |
sang |
sung |
find |
found |
found |
sit |
sat |
sat |
fly |
|
flown |
sleep |
|
|
forget |
forgot |
forgotten |
speak |
spoke |
spoken |
forgive |
forgave |
forgiven |
speed |
sped |
sped |
get |
got |
got |
|
|
|
|
gave |
given |
spend |
spent |
spent |
go |
went |
gone |
split up |
|
split up |
grow |
grew |
grown |
stand up |
stood up |
stood up |
hang out |
hung out |
hung out |
steal |
stole |
stolen |
have |
had |
had |
swim |
swam |
swum |
hear |
heard |
heard |
|
took |
|
hide |
|
en |
eac |
aug |
|
hit |
hit |
hit |
|
told |
told |
|
hurt |
hurt |
think |
thought |
thought |
keep |
|
kept |
understand |
understood |
understood |
know |
knew |
known |
wake up |
woke up |
woken up |
lay |
|
laid |
wear |
wore |
worn |
leave |
|
left |
win |
won |
won |
learn |
learned/learnt |
learned/learnt |
write |
wrote |
written |
AN INFORMAL EMAIL
015
Style: Use contractions. We can also use emoticons (e.g. O). Start: Hi, Dear . . ., Hello
Useful expressions: To begin, ask questions like How are you?, How are things?, Are you doing exams/on holiday at the moment?. Use Anyway or By the way to change the subject.
End: That's all for now, Bye for now!, Write back soon, All the best, Best wishes.
Content in informal emails giving basic personal information: Suggested paragraph plan: Paragraph 1: Basic personal information Paragraph 2: Family
Paragraph 3: Main hobby/hobbies Paragraph 4: Favourite subject(s) at school Paragraph 5: Ask for a reply
NOTES AND MESSAGES p53
Style: Informal. Use contractions. Write short, direct sentences. We often use imperatives like Call me, rather than Could you call me? Use abbreviations (see below). Start: Simply write the name of the person you are writing to.
Useful abbreviations: PSI e.g., NB, asap, i.e., etc.
Useful expressions: I was really sorry to hear that (bad news), Get well soon (for sickness and accidents), Congratulations (good news).
End: Write your name. Content: Include all the practical information that the reader needs to know.
A BLOG POST p27
Style: Informal. Use contractions.
Start: Have a name for your blog.
Have a title for the blog post. Useful expressions: To explain the sequence of events when talking about past events use At first, First of all, Then, Next, In the end, Finally. To say when things happened use Yesterday, When, Suddenly, A few minutes/hours/days later, The next day.
Useful expressions: To give your opinions use Personally, I . In my opinion, I think . I would recommend (...) to . . ., As far as I'm concerned, Content of a review:
Suggested paragraph plan:
Paragraph 1: Basic information about what you are reviewing
Paragraph 2: A more detailed description of what you are reviewing Paragraph 3: Why you like/don't like it
Paragraph 4: A recommendation
A LANGUAGE BIOGRAPHY p41
Style: (Semi-) Informal. We can use
contractions.
Useful expressions: To explain the sequence of events use At first, First of all, Next, Then, After that. Content of a language biography:
Suggested paragraph plan: Paragraph 1: Basic personal information
Paragraph 2: Language-learning experiences at primary school Paragraph 3: Language-learning experiences at secondary school Paragraph 4: Language-learning experiences outside school, including trips
Paragraph 5: How you prefer to learn a language
A FORMAL LETTER p79
Style: Do not use contractions. Start: When we do not know or use the name of the person we are writing to, we write Dear Sir or Madam or Dear Editor (to a newspaper). Begin I am writing about/in response to .
Useful expressions: Use Personally, I
In my opinion, I think . [ believe As far as I'm concerned Ask for other people's opinions with I will be interested in hearing other readers' opinions on this subject.
Useful linkers: To put opinions and ideas in sequence use Firstly Next, Finally. To add opinions and ideas use Furthermore, What is more. To contrast ideas and opinions use However, Nevertheless.
the person we are writing to, use Yours faithfully.
Content of a formal letter of opinion: Suggested paragraph plan:
Paragraph 1: Begin by explaining why you are writing.
Paragraph 2: Express your opinion and explain your main reason for it.
Paragraph 3: Give additional reasons for your opinion.
Paragraph 4: Ask for other people's opinions and end your letter.
A LETTER OF APPLICATION AND CV p93
Style: Formal. Do not use contractions.
Start: Write your address and the date in the top right-hand corner. Then write Dear Mr (Smith) (for a man), Dear Mrs (Smith) (for a married woman), or Dear Ms (Smith) (when we make no distinction if a woman is married or not). When we do not know the name of the person we are writing to, we write Dear Sir or Madam.
Useful expressions: Begin I am writing in response to the advertisement in Use I would like to apply for the job of , I enclose a CV with information about myself, I have experience of End I look forward to hearing from you.
End: When we know the name of the person we are writing to use Yours sincerely. When we don't know the name of the person we are writing to use Yours faithfully. Content in job applications: Begin by saying what job you are applying for. Explain why you would be good for this job by saying what experience you have. Give details of some of your personal qualities that make you a good candidate.
Unit 10
TEXT MESSAGES p131 Style: Informal
Useful abbreviations: PLS, @ L8R,
B, BCZ, [8, MSG, SPI<, THX, 2DAY,
2MORO, WKND, XLNT, 2nite, 2, YR,
C, U, WOT, R, 84, GR8
AN EMAIL OF ADVICE
Style: Use contractions. Start: Write Dear or Hi and the name of the person you are writing to. Useful expressions: Begin I'm writing to tell you about/because I hope you're well, Thanks for your letter, It was good to hear from you. Ask questions like How are you?, How are things? Use Anyway or By the way to change the subject. End: Use Please write back soon, That's all for now, All the best.
Useful linkers: To put ideas in order use First, Firstly, First of all, Then, Next, After that, Finally, Lastly. Useful grammar: Use should/ shouldn't to give advice.
A STORY p 119
Useful expressions: Use adjectives (young, famous, beautiful) and adverbs (quietly, immediately, quickly) to make your writing more descriptive. To say when things happened use for example: One day, Last weekend, Two weeks ago, On
Friday, On Saturday night, Suddenly, Two weeks later. To explain the sequence of events use At first, First of all, Next, Then, After that, Finally, In the end.
Useful grammar: Use a variety of past tenses. Past simple (a completed action in the past)
• Past continuous (an activity in progress at a moment in the past. We often use it to describe scenes in the past)
• Past perfect (an activity that happened before another action in the past)
Content in a story:
Suggested paragraph plan: Paragraph 1: Explain where and when the story begins. Introduce the characters.
Paragraphs 2 and 3: Explain the main events in the story. Paragraph 4: Explain how the story ended and what the consequences
CHECKING YOUR WRITING Check for mistakes with:
Punctuation
Capital letters
Word order Spelling
oca u ary
Missing words Agreement between the subject and verb (e.g. He goes not He-go.)
Style
• Content
151
A division of N'lacmillan Publishers Lin-mired
Companies and rcpresentacivcs throughout the world
ISBN 978-0-230-47090-3
Text O David Spencer 2016
Design and illustration O Niacmillan Publishers Limited 20] 6
The author has asserccd his right to be identified as thc auchor of this work in accoldance with the
Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, edition published 2016
First edition entitled Gateway Bl Student's Book published 2011
Al rights resen;ed. No part of this publication may be repoduced, stojed in a I•ecrieva] syscem, or rra_nsmirtcd in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publishers.
Designed by emc design ltd
Illustrated by A Corazén Abicrto (Sylvie Poggio Artists Agency) pp8, 24, 25, 26; Monica
Auriemma (Sylvie Poggio Artists Agency) p 19; Tim Bradford (Illustrated Ltd) pp13, 21
Cover design by emc design ltd and Macmillan Publishers Ltd
Cover illustration/photograph by Getty/Valentin Casarsa, Getty/Leonardo Patrizi
Picture research by Catherine Dunn
Author acknowledgments
I would like to give a big thank you to the whole Macmillan ream in the UK for their dedication, hard work and enthusiasm th.oughout [Imc writing of chis coulse. Thanks also to all the ocher Macmillan tealns around the world for their help, encouragement and always making me feel welcome. Very spccia_l thanks to Colegio Europeo Ariscos in Gerafe, Spain. The daily contact with my students there continues to be a main sourcc of inspiration and I am sincerely gracehål to every one of my studencs, past and present. iMassive thanks, as always, co Gemma, Jamie and Becky foc their unending love and support.
This book is dedicated to Emily Rosser.
Elhe publishers would like to thank the staff and pupils ac rhc following schools in Mexico and Spain for helping us so enthusiastically with our research for the cowse: Concha Campos, IES
Burgo de Las Rozas: Las Rozas, Madrid; Félix Gaspar, IES Las Encinas; Villanueva de la Caäada,
NTadrid; Cristina Moisen, IES Joaquin Turina, tvladrid; Colegio Montessori Cuautitlån; Colegio
Conrad Gessner; Colegio Erasmo de Rotterdam; Colcgio Kanic, Centro Educativo Erich Fromm; Universidad Franco Mexicana; Centro Pedag6gico Maria Montessori de Ecatepec; Instituto Cultural; Escuela IMaestro Manuel Acosra; Liceo Sal(bé De México.
"llne publishers would also like to thank al] those who reviewed or piloted thc first edition OF Gateway:
Benjamin Affoltec, Evelyn And01 fer, Anna Cicreszynska, Regina Culver, Anna Dabrowska, Jusryna Deja, Ondrej Dosedel, Lisa Durham: Dagmav Eder, Eva E]lederovan, H Fouad, Sabrina Funes:
Luiza Gervesctl, Isabel Gonzålez Bueno, Jutta Habringcr, Stela Halmageanu, Malta Hilgier, Andrea
Hutte•er, Nicole Joakimidis, Mag. Annemaric Kammerhofer, Irina Kondrasheva, Sonja Lengauer,
Gabriela Andrea Litclewood, Malia Cristina Maggi, Silvia Miranda Barbara Nowak, Agnieska Orli6ska, Anna Orlowska? Malia Paula Palou Marta Piotrowska, N Reda, Katharjna
Schatz, Roswitha Schwarz, Bal bara Scibor, Katarzyna Sochacka, Joanna Spoz, Monica Srcygner, Marisol Suppan, Stephanie Succer, Ha]ina Tyliba, Prilipko, Maria Vizgina, Vladyko, Pia Wimmer, Katarzyna Zadroüna-Attia and Katapzyna Zaremba-Jaworska.
The authors and publishers would like to thank che following for permission to leproduce their photographs:
Alamy/ableimagcs p14(Phjllipa), Alamy/Chris Batson p27(rr), Alamy/A]eksey Boldin pp78(br), 13 1 (cli, clr), Alamy/Biend Innage.s — KidStock p148(internet shop), Alamy/Culcura Creative p52(a), pp3(): 49(c), Alamy/Elvele Images Ltd p51 (f), Alamy/imageBROKER p5 1 (a), Aamy/lmage Source p84(c.), Alarny/LJSphotography p50(d), Alamy/mecliacolot's p74(3), Alamy/OJO Images Ltd pp14(Emma), 1 48(bc), Alamy/Andrew Paterson pl 4(Oliver), Alamy/
PhotoAlto sas p I qLimn), Alamy/l)ul€stock p98, Alamy/Kumar Sriskandan p40(cll), Alamy/
TomBham p 1 28(ti), AJamy/Tony Tallec p84(b), A]amy/Angus Taylor p51 Alamy/Westend61 GmbH p99(b]); Corbis/Andcrscn-Ross p66(c), C01bis/Jim Edds p79(tr), Corbis/Va]enrin F]aulaud pl 23(Cl), Corbis/Jon Hicks p15(b]), Corbis/ Elliott Kaufman/Beatew01ks p 101 (room), Corbjs/ Sharie Kennedy p66(a), Corbis/ Latin Stock Co]lcccion p23(a), C01bis/Samantha Mitchell p25, Corbis/moodboard p130; DIGITAL VISION p83; Eric Fischer/ Map by Eric Fischer, data from the Twitter streaming API/p32(cr); Getty/ Franz Aberham p59(tr), Getty/Danie] Allan p27(tl), Getty/Kaori Ando p66(b), Aoki p 131 (c), Gerry/artpartner-images pl 24(tr), Getty/
Andrey Artykov p78(tlr), Getty/ Maik Edward Atkinson p84(d), Getty/Thomas Barvvick pp87(e), 104(b), Getty/N'1ichael Blann p51 (e), Getty/Blend Images KidStock p148(shopping), Getty/
Blend Images - Take A Pix Media p87(c), Getty/Tom Bonaventure p35(Japan), Getty/Brand New
Images p6(a), Getty/Natalie Behring p82(r), Getty/Blend Images - Moxie Productions p96(tr), Getty/ Hilary Brodey p70(heade1' dunes), Getty/Pascal Broze p58(header boy), Getty/Nigel Carse p84(Header background), Getty/Colleen Butler p50(a), Getty/A. Chederros pl I (b), Gecry/Steve Cicero p23(bl), Getty/C]erkenweJl p6(e), Getty/Comstock PI 05, Getty/ColorB]ind Images p36(br),
Getty/CARl, COURT / Stringer p87(br), Getty/da_ltonOO p70(a), Getty/Daly and Newton p59(tc),
Gectyn€LDavies p58(c), Getty/ Peter Dazeley p87(b), Gerty/Digita] Vision PPI 5(cr), p79(cr inset), Sutton pl I I Getty/innges by Tang Ming Tung p] 48(bookshop), Getty/Tetra Imagcs — rotog pp99(blc), 101 (camera), Getty/Pl"ommL p] 17, Getty/Vetta p134(bl), Getty/VisitBritain p83(3), Geccy/Jaemy Walker p36(Rjo), Getty/Warchi p58 (header screens), GettyAVestend61 p45(tr),
Getty/mark wragg p45(cl), Getcy/Zcro Cleatives p50(b); GOODSHOOT p35(Egypt); Macmillan Publishers Ltd PPI I O(a-g), pl ] 5(covers); Hanbury Agency/ Picture ofAnna Caltabiano used with permission ofThe Hanbury Agency pl 13(anna); Hartswood Films Ltd/Shetlock p2 1 (bl); NASA] Image courtesy NASA GSFC Scientific Visualization Studio, based on data provided by the TOMS science team. P70(c); Photodisc p78(t]l), PhotoDisc/Getty Images p73; Rex Features I (c), REX/Mark Campbell p65(cl), REX/Broadimage Media International pl I I (c), REX/Jonachan Hordle p50(tc), REX/The Lighthouse / Universal Images Group p71 (br), REX/cLions pp41 1 16, REX/Ken McKay p31, REX/Tina N01Tis p108, REX/
r), Thinkstock/Fuse p10(br), Thinkstock/g-stockstudio p36(2, 3), Thjnkstock/GooDween 123 p84(header band), ThinkstocWAnconio Guillem p22/23, ThinkstocWhja]meida PPI 14, I I '(boy reading), Thinkstock/icconion_th p49(scissors), Tbjnkstocldivosar pp32(cr), 38(tl), Thinkstock/ Jacek27 pp62(bl), 63(cr), Thjnkstoc]dBrian Jackson p82(newspapers), TbinkstocWJumpStock p49(bc), ThinkstocWNoam Kahalany p128(br), ThinkstocWR Kaulitzkj p36(background), ThinkstocWDavid Kam p36(l), TbjnkstocWOlgaLebedeva P62/63, Thinkstock/Huchen LUI p122(tr), Thinkstock/Ryan McVay p75(border), Thinkscock/marigold_88 p49(plaster), Thinkscock/michaeljung 287 (a), Tbinkscock/Mineva
Studio pl 00(bl), ] 01 (br), Thinkstock/miszaqq p127(bl), "I'hinkstock/Thomas Northcut pp32(c) 92(cr), ThjnkstocWPix]and p27(cl), ThinkstoclUPurestock p I I O(hcader), Thinkstock/Rach27 p127(tl background), ThjnkstocWRamCreativ p62(header), Thinkstocldra_mzihachicho(border, br, bl), ThjnkstoclUrichiesd p92(tc), Thinkstock/Ridofranz pp 40(th), I O()(cr), Thinkstock/ robercsrob pl 14(tr), ThinkstocWRosmizan Abu seman p 1 27 (tl), Thinkstocldscanrail p82(radio), ThjnksrocWscyther5 p82((internet news), Thinkstock/shipfactory p37(tc, El, cb,clc,bl), Thinkscock/
GenaroSilva p124(cr), Thinkstocldsomchaij p6(header), ThinkstocWSiri Stafford p48(bandage),
'Ihinlßtock/Stockbyte p93, ThinkstocWSergji Telesh p41 (c), Th inkstock/Klaus Tledge p76, Thinkstock/Paolo Toffanin p92(tr), Thinkstock/topform84 p7(bl background), ThinkstocWtuja66 p36/37(background), ThinkstocWKarl Weatherly p 1 00, I O I (border), Thinkstock/Wong_A p 1 00, 101 (background), ThinkstocldCatherine Yeulet p 13, Thinkstocldyewkeo p 10(hcader), Thinkstock/ Lisa F, Young p52(b), Thinkstock/Wavebreakmedia Ltd pl 26(header), Thinkstock/MichaeIjohn Wolfe p63(bl), ThjnkstocWJames Woodson p15(tl), ThinkstocWZoonav RF p32(Header background).
Covey image fiom 'I'HE SEVENTH MISS HATFIELD by Anna Caltabiano reproduced with permission from the Orion Publishing group London pl 1 3(cover)
Cover Image of 'Maximum Ride: The Angel Experiment' reproduced with perynission from
Headline Publishing Group pl 1 4
Cover image from Holes by Louis Sachar published by Bloomsbury Publishing PLC, cover reproduced with permission pl 18(tr)
Images 'Making a silicon chip' used with permission from Intel p 124(b)
*lhe author and publishers would like to thank the following for permission co reproduce the following copyright material:
PI 3 Extract from 'Talk at mealtimes' by Christina Clark O National Literary Trust, 2013. Reprinted with pelmission.
p) 9 Extract from 'Europc ac a Glance' O The Week, 2012. Published The Week 22 December 2012. Reprinted with permission.
p33 Extract from 'Twitter map of London shows 66 languages' by Shane Richmond. Originally published in the Daily Telegraph on 26 October 2012 0 Telegrapb Group Limited, 2012. Reprinted with permission. www.telegraph.co.uk p33 Extract from 'The language ofF]Åvitter' by Christian Arno. Originally published Ling024 on 25 APIil 2012 0 Ling024, 2012. Reprinted with permission.
p39 Extlacc from Learn ro speak Dothraki and Valyrian From the Man who invented chem for Game ofThrones' by Denise Martin. Originally published in Vulture on 23 April 2014 0 New Yolk Media LLC 2014. Reprinted with permission.
p50 Extract from 'I am Jackie Chan: My Life in Action' O Ballantine Publishing Group, 1998, p62 Extract from 'Addicted co Fame' by Hannah Frankel, Originally published che Times Educational Supplemcnc on 12 May 2008 0 TES Global Lim iced, 2008. Reprinted with permission. p74 Extract from 'You Can Save the Planet' by Rich Hough O Rich Hough. Published by A & C Black Publishers Limited and 'Ike Gualdian. Reprinted by permission of the publishers. p76 Extract from 'Run, don't walk'. The school that gets pupils to generace electricity' by Richard Gar ner. Originally published in Ihc Independent on 05 September 2013 0 The Independent, 2013, Reprinted with permission. www.theindependent.co.uk p97 Extract from 'A short stow True friends' O Dr Prem. Reprinted with permission. p108 Extmct from 'Fraser Doherty: The Adventures ofJamBoy' O Fraser Doherty. Replinted with
DreamPictLLt•es p58(f), Getty/Sam Edwards p5 1(d), Getty/ fscop123 p126(br), Getty/Jon Feingersh p 1 04(a), Getty/Giorgio Fochcsato p70(Header prickly pear), Getty/franckreporter pl 480eading ebool<), Gctty/Salomé Fresco p15(cl), Getty/ Rob Friedman p50(tl), Getty/Chlistopher Futcher p88(br): 89(bl), Getty/Ron Gale]la pp61 (a), 103, Getty/Andrew Geiger p91, Getty/John Giusrina p66(d), Getty/NIichael Graham p70(b), Getty/ Fuse pp6(d), 12(cl), Getty/Chris Glamly p6(cr), Getty/Tom Grubbe p70(d), Getty/Charles Gullung p6(c), Getty/Balnaby Hall p18(cr), Getty/
Hero Images pl 13(cr), Gecty/Andrcw Hobbs p62(bl), Getty/Dave J Hogan pl I I (a), Gerty/Bi]l
Holden p130(tr), Getty/Justin HOI •ocks p46, Getty/Corinne J. Humphrey p85(I Getty/lmage
Source pp82(newsreporter), 101 (football), 118(c), Getty/Maya Karkalicheva p148(br), Getty/
Jonathan Knowles p74(4), Getty/Kevin Kozicki p4 1 (d), Getty/Mike Mars]and p] 1 1 (d), Getty/ Photodisc pl O I (brownies), Getty/Julian Elliott Photography p41 (a), Gecty/Mjkc Kemp PPI I (c)), 74(2), Getty/Michaa Krakowial'x p74(l ), Getty/Jason LaVeris p61(b), Getty/Michael Langford p7 1 (c), Getty/ Hans Laubel pl 8(header), Getty/Rob Lewine pl 2(tl), Getty/Matthew G Lloyd/ Contour by Getty Images p64, Getty/Gln islain & Marie David de Lossy p84(a), Getty/David McG]ynn p18(cr), Getty/Tim Macpherson p96(tl), Getty/Luis Sandoval Mandujano p58(e), Getty/ mcdiaphotos p62(bl), Getty/Tom Merton p148(bl), Gctry/Buero Monaco p6(f), Getty Laurence Mon net-ec p66(d), Getty/Melinda Moore P35(Switzerland), Getty/Tara Moore p88(cl), Gecty/Morsa
Images p6(b), Getty/N1ulti-bits p75(tap), Getty/OJO Images pl 1.3(cl), Getty/White Packerr p66(F),
Getty/Cevdec GAkhal) Pa]as p67, Getty/Pa]i Rao p58(a), Getty/Ragnar Schmuck p90, Getty/Ron
pl 3 Reproduced with permission ofAnna Caltabiano, care of The Ha_nbuty Agency, 28 Moreton Street, London SWIV 2PE. Copyiight, O Anna Caltabiano 2011, All Rights Reserved, pl 14 Extlact fiom 'Maximum Ride: mne Angel Experiment' by James Patterson O James Patterson, 2005- Reprinted with permission of Hoddet & Stoughton Publishers and Hachetce Book Group. PI 26 Extract fiom 'More Employers finding reasons not to hire candidates on social media, finds cmeecbuilder survey'. Originally published on carcerbuilder on 27 June 2013 0 CareelBuilder LLC, 2013.
p134 Extract from 'Q: How do you make 1.6m a year and drive a Ferrari? A: Sell essays for €400' by Matthew Taylor. Originally published in The Guardian on 29 July 2006 0 Guardian News and Media Limited, 2006. Reprinted with permission, www.chcguardian.com/uk
These materials may contain links for third party websites. We have no control over, and are not responsible for, the contents ofsuch third party websites, Please use calt when accessing them.
Printed and bound in Thailand 2020 2019 2018 2017 201 6
2 nd Edition
macmillan education |
the oomne mav work for other browsers, encou;age us,ng the browsers specified In the system requirements. more on svst.em: olease go to 6ttpsWwvvvemacmltangatewav2 com/system-lequlrements |
For students
Gateway |
Gateway |
StUdønj•s Gatewgy |
THE SECRET GARDEN Frances Hodgson Burnett |
Also available for Gateway 2nd Edition |
Student's Book or |
Workbook or |
Student's Resource |
Macmillan |
Sounds: The |
Digital Student's Book For teachers GatöW 2M Edition |
Online Workbook |
Centre |
Readers eBook |
Pronunciation A |
Teache |
||||
Ursu'a Mallows |
Presentation Kit Gateway 2%OEd11ion |
Gatewa 2"OEdlt10n |
||
Teacher's Book |
Presentation Kit |
Teacher's Resource Centre Digital Student's Book Online Workbook Test Generator |
||
Gateway 2nd Edition levels |
Gateway 2nd Edition includes Macmillan Life Skills |
MACMILLAN LIFE SKILLS
Gateway a gya d ay winner of the ELTon award
Winner for Innovation in teacher
teacher Innovation resourcesin resources
COMMON EUROPEAN FRAMEWORK www.macmillangateway2.com
System requirements for online components ISBN 978-0-230-47312-6
Windows 7, 8, & 1, 10: CPU Speed (equivalent): Any 2GHz dual core processor or above, Browser: IE9, 10, 11 / Firefox / Chrome. Apple Macintosh OS 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 10, 10, 10.11: CPU Speed (equivalent): Any 2GHz dual core processor or above- Browser: Safari 6, 7, 8, 9 RAM: IGB (32-bit), 2GB (64-bit), Display: 1024 x 768 pixels, 32-bit colour, Audio sound card Internet connection required,
For customer support please contact help@macmillan.com 9 780230 473 1 26